680236
20
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/327
Pagina verder
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
ii
VigorNIC 132 Series
VDSL2/ADSL2+ PCI-E Card
User’s Guide
Version: 1.1
Firmware Version: V3.7.9
(For future update, please visit DrayTek web site)
Date: May 17, 2016
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
iii
Copyrights
© All rights reserved. This publication contains information that is protected by copyright. No part may be
reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language without
written permission from the copyright holders.
Trademarks
The following trademarks are used in this document:
Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp.
Windows, Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7 and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp.
Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc.
Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers.
Safety Instructions
Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router.
The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel.
Do not try to open or repair the router yourself.
Do not place the router in a damp or humid place, e.g. a bathroom.
The router should be used in a sheltered area, within a temperature range of +5 to +40 Celsius.
Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources. The housing and electronic components
may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources.
Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards.
Keep the package out of reach of children.
When you want to dispose of the router, please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment.
Warranty
We warrant to the original end user (purchaser) that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship
or materials for a period of two (2) years from the date of purchase from the dealer. Please keep your
purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase. During the warranty period, and upon
proof of purchase, should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and/or materials,
we will, at our discretion, repair or replace the defective products or components, without charge for either
parts or labor, to whatever extent we deem necessary tore-store the product to proper operating condition.
Any replacement will consist of a new or re-manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value, and
will be offered solely at our discretion. This warranty will not apply if the product is modified, misused,
tampered with, damaged by an act of God, or subjected to abnormal working conditions. The warranty does
not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors. Defects which do not significantly affect the
usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty. We reserve the right to revise the manual and
online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to
notify any person of such revision or changes.
Be a Registered Owner
Web registration is preferred. You can register your Vigor device via http://www.DrayTek.com.
Firmware & Tools Updates
Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology, all routers will be regularly upgraded. Please consult
the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware, tools and documents.
http://www.DrayTek.com
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
i
v
European Community Declarations
Manufacturer: DrayTek Corp.
Address: No. 26, Fu Shing Road, Hukou Township, Hsinchu Industrial Park, Hsinchu County, Taiwan 303
Product: VigorNIC 132 Series VDSL2/ADSL2+ PCI-E Card
DrayTek Corp. declares that VigorNIC 132 Series of VDSL2/ADSL2+ PCI-E Card are in compliance with the following
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R&TTE 1999/5/EC, ErP 2009/125/EC and RoHS
2011/65/EU.
The product conforms to the requirements of Electro-Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive 2004/108/EC by
complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022/Class B and EN55024/Class B.
The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage (LVD) Directive 2006/95/EC by complying with the
requirements set forth in EN60950-1.
This product is designed for the DSL network throughout the EC region.
Regulatory Information
Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does
cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment
off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device may accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
More update, please visit www.draytek.com.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
v
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
o
o
f
f
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s
Part I Installation.................................................................................................................i
I-1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 1
I-1-1 Indicators and Connectors .................................................................................................. 1
I-2 Installing Your Network Card......................................................................................................... 2
I-3 Accessing Web Page.................................................................................................................... 3
I-4 Changing Password...................................................................................................................... 4
I-5 Dashboard..................................................................................................................................... 5
I-5-1 Virtual Panel ........................................................................................................................ 6
I-5-2 Name with a Link................................................................................................................. 6
I-5-3 Quick Access for Common Used Menu .............................................................................. 7
I-5-4 GUI Map .............................................................................................................................. 8
I-5-5 Web Console....................................................................................................................... 8
I-5-6 Config Backup ................................................................................................................... 10
I-5-7 Logout................................................................................................................................ 10
I-5-8 Online Status..................................................................................................................... 11
I-5-8-1 Physical Connection ......................................................................11
I-5-8-2 Virtual WAN ...............................................................................13
I-6 Quick Start Wizard ...................................................................................................................... 14
I-6-1 WAN1 (ADSL/VDSL2)....................................................................................................... 15
Part II Connectivity ..........................................................................................................21
II-1 WAN........................................................................................................................................... 22
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................... 23
II-1-1 General Setup .................................................................................................................. 23
II-1-1-1 WAN1(ADSL/VDSL2)......................................................................24
II-1-1-2 WAN2 (Fiber) .............................................................................26
II-1-2 Internet Access................................................................................................................. 27
II-1-2-1 Details Page for PPPoE in WAN1 (Physical Mode: ADSL)...........................29
II-1-2-2 Details Page for MPoA/Static or Dynamic IP in WAN1 (Physical Mode: ADSL) .32
II-1-2-3 Details Page for PPPoE/PPPoA in WAN1 (Physical Mode: VDSL)..................34
II-1-2-4 Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP in WAN1 (Physical Mode: VDSL)..........35
II-1-2-5 Details Page for PPPoE in WAN2 (Physical Mode: Fiber) ..........................37
II-1-2-6 Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP in WAN2 (Physical Mode: Fiber) .........38
II-1-2-7 Details Page for IPv6 – Offline in WAN1/WAN2 .....................................41
II-1-2-8 Details Page for IPv6 – PPP .............................................................41
II-1-2-9 Details Page for IPv6 – TSPC............................................................42
II-1-2-10 Details Page for IPv6 – AICCU.........................................................43
II-1-2-11 Details Page for IPv6 – DHCPv6 Client...............................................44
II-1-2-12 Details Page for IPv6 – Static IPv6 ...................................................44
II-1-2-13 Details Page for IPv6 – 6in4 Static Tunnel..........................................46
II-1-2-14 Details Page for IPv6 – 6rd ............................................................47
II-1-3 Multi-PVC/VLAN............................................................................................................... 49
Application Notes....................................................................................................................... 53
A-1 How to configure settings for IPv6 Service in VigorNIC 132 ...........................53
II-2 LAN ............................................................................................................................................ 65
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
vi
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................... 67
II-2-1 General Setup .................................................................................................................. 67
II-2-1-1 Details Page for LAN – Ethernet TCP/IP and DHCP Setup .........................67
II-2-1-2 Details Page for LAN IPv6 Setup.......................................................70
II-2-2 Bind IP to MAC................................................................................................................. 73
II-3 NAT ............................................................................................................................................ 75
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................... 76
II-3-1 Port Redirection................................................................................................................ 76
II-3-2 DMZ Host ......................................................................................................................... 79
II-3-3 Open Ports ....................................................................................................................... 81
II-4 Applications................................................................................................................................ 83
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................... 84
II-4-1 Dynamic DNS................................................................................................................... 84
II-4-2 Schedule........................................................................................................................... 88
II-4-3 UPnP ................................................................................................................................ 91
II-4-4 IGMP................................................................................................................................. 92
II-5 Routing....................................................................................................................................... 93
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................... 93
II-5-1 Static Route...................................................................................................................... 93
Part III Security.................................................................................................................99
III-1 Firewall.................................................................................................................................... 100
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 102
III-1-1 General Setup ............................................................................................................... 102
III-1-2 Filter Setup .................................................................................................................... 106
III-1-3 DoS Defense ................................................................................................................. 112
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 116
A-1 How to Configure Certain Computers Accessing to Internet ........................ 116
III-2 Central Security Management (CSM)..................................................................................... 120
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 121
III-2-1 URL Content Filter Profile ............................................................................................. 121
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 125
A-1 How to Create an Account for MyVigor ................................................. 125
A-2 How to Block Facebook Service Accessed by the Users via URL Content Filter .. 128
Part IV Management ......................................................................................................131
IV-1 System Maintenance .............................................................................................................. 132
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 133
IV-1-1 System Status............................................................................................................... 133
IV-1-2 TR-069 .......................................................................................................................... 135
IV-1-3 Administrator Password................................................................................................ 137
IV-1-4 Configuration Backup.................................................................................................... 138
IV-1-5 Syslog/Mail Alert ........................................................................................................... 140
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
vii
IV-1-6 Time and Date............................................................................................................... 142
IV-1-7 Management ................................................................................................................. 143
IV-1-8 Reboot System.............................................................................................................. 146
IV-1-9 Firmware Upgrade ........................................................................................................ 147
Part V Others..................................................................................................................149
V-1 Objects Settings....................................................................................................................... 150
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 151
V-1-1 IP Object ........................................................................................................................ 151
V-1-2 IP Group......................................................................................................................... 154
V-1-3 IPv6 Object..................................................................................................................... 155
V-1-4 IPv6 Group..................................................................................................................... 157
V-1-5 Service Type Object....................................................................................................... 158
V-1-6 Service Type Group ....................................................................................................... 160
V-1-7 Keyword Object.............................................................................................................. 162
V-1-8 Keyword Group .............................................................................................................. 164
V-1-9 File Extension Object ..................................................................................................... 165
Part VI Troubleshooting ................................................................................................167
VI-1Diagnostics .............................................................................................................................. 168
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 169
VI-1-1 Dial-out Triggering......................................................................................................... 169
VI-1-2 Routing Table................................................................................................................ 170
VI-1-3 ARP Cache Table ......................................................................................................... 171
VI-1-4 IPv6 Neighbour Table ................................................................................................... 172
VI-1-5 DHCP Table.................................................................................................................. 173
VI-1-6 NAT Sessions Table ..................................................................................................... 174
VI-1-7 DNS Cache Table ......................................................................................................... 175
VI-1-8 Ping Diagnosis .............................................................................................................. 176
VI-1-9 Data Flow Monitor......................................................................................................... 177
VI-1-10 Trace Route ................................................................................................................ 179
VI-1-11 IPv6 TSPC Status ....................................................................................................... 180
VI-1-12 DSL Status.................................................................................................................. 181
VI-2 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not....................................................................... 182
VI-3 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not..................... 183
VI-4 Pinging the Device from Your Computer ................................................................................ 186
VI-5 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not............................................................................ 188
VI-6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary.................................................................... 189
VI-7 Contacting DrayTek ................................................................................................................ 190
Part VII Telnet Commands.............................................................................................192
Accessing Telnet of VigorNIC 132.................................................................................................. 193
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
This part will introduce Vigor device and guide to
install the device in hardware and software.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
1
I
I
-
-
1
1
I
I
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
d
d
u
u
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
T
T
h
h
i
i
s
s
i
i
s
s
a
a
g
g
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
i
i
c
c
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
a
a
l
l
v
v
e
e
r
r
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
o
o
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
g
g
u
u
i
i
d
d
e
e
.
.
S
S
p
p
e
e
c
c
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
,
,
c
c
o
o
m
m
p
p
a
a
t
t
i
i
b
b
i
i
l
l
i
i
t
t
y
y
a
a
n
n
d
d
f
f
e
e
a
a
t
t
u
u
r
r
e
e
s
s
v
v
a
a
r
r
y
y
b
b
y
y
r
r
e
e
g
g
i
i
o
o
n
n
.
.
F
F
o
o
r
r
s
s
p
p
e
e
c
c
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
g
g
u
u
i
i
d
d
e
e
s
s
s
s
u
u
i
i
t
t
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
y
y
o
o
u
u
r
r
r
r
e
e
g
g
i
i
o
o
n
n
o
o
r
r
p
p
r
r
o
o
d
d
u
u
c
c
t
t
,
,
p
p
l
l
e
e
a
a
s
s
e
e
c
c
o
o
n
n
t
t
a
a
c
c
t
t
l
l
o
o
c
c
a
a
l
l
d
d
i
i
s
s
t
t
r
r
i
i
b
b
u
u
t
t
o
o
r
r
.
.
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
I
I
n
n
d
d
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
o
o
r
r
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
o
o
r
r
s
s
VigorNIC 132F
VigorNIC 132
LED Status Explanation
On The Fiber WAN is connected (VigorNIC 132F).
The Ethernet WAN connection is ready (VigorNIC 132).
WAN2
Blinking It will blink while transmitting data.
On DSL connection synchronized. DSL
Blinking Quickly: DSL is handshaking.
Slowly: DSL tries to synchronize.
Off The system is not ready or is failed. ACT
Blinking The system is ready and can work normally.
LED on Connector
Interface Description
Factory Reset Restore the default settings. Usage: Turn on the router (ACT LED is
blinking). Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds. When you
see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual, release the button.
Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration.
WAN2 SFP Port - Connector for accessing the Internet via fiber connection.
(VigorNIC 132F)
Ethernet Port – Connector for accessing the Internet via fiber
connection. (VigorNIC 132)
DSL Connecter for accessing the Internet through VDSL2/ADSL2/2+.
(VigorNIC 132)
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
2
I
I
-
-
2
2
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
i
i
n
n
g
g
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
C
C
a
a
r
r
d
d
Info
VigorNIC 132 is being supported by the Windows 7 Generic Ethernet Driver.
If you are required to install the driver manually, please download it from
www.draytek.com.
1. Power off your computer.
2. Remove the cover of your computer.
3. Choose a spare card slot and insert VigorNIC 132 network card into the card slot.
4. Use RJ-11 cable (for AnnexA) or RJ-45 cable (for AnnexB) to connect DSL interface to the
external VDSL splitter to establish DSL connection (VigorNIC 132). Or, insert the fiber
cable into WAN2 interface to establish fiber WAN connection (VigorNIC 132F).
5. Install the cover of your computer and power on the computer.
6. Check the ACT, WAN2/DSL LEDs of VigorNIC 132 to assure WAN connections.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
3
I
I
-
-
3
3
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
n
n
g
g
W
W
e
e
b
b
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
1. Open a web browser on your PC and type http://192.168.1.1. The following window
will be open to ask for username and password.
2. Please type “admin/admin” as the Username/Password and click Login.
Info
If you fail to access to the web configuration, please go to “Trouble Shooting” for
detecting and solving your problem.
3. Now, the Main Screen will appear.
4. The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition. The default setting
is Auto Logout, which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes
without any operation. Change the setting for your necessity.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
4
I
I
-
-
4
4
C
C
h
h
a
a
n
n
g
g
i
i
n
n
g
g
P
P
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
Please change the password for the original security of the card.
1. Open a web browser on your PC and type http://192.168.1.1. A pop-up window will
open to ask for username and password.
2. Please type “admin/admin” as Username/Password for accessing into the web user
interface with admin mode.
3. Go to System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password.
4. Enter the login password (the default is “admin”) on the field of Old Password. Type
New Password and Confirm Password. Then click OK to continue.
Info
The maximum length of the password you can set is 23 characters.
5. Now, the password has been changed. Next time, use the new password to access the
Web user interface for this router.
Info
Even the password is changed, the Username for logging onto the web user interface
is still “admin”.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
5
I
I
-
-
5
5
D
D
a
a
s
s
h
h
b
b
o
o
a
a
r
r
d
d
Dashboard shows the connection status including System Information, IPv4 Internet Access,
IPv6 Internet Access, Interface (physical connection), and Quick Access.
Click Dashboard from the main menu on the left side of the main page.
A web page with default selections will be displayed on the screen. Refer to the following
figure:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
6
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
1
1
V
V
i
i
r
r
t
t
u
u
a
a
l
l
P
P
a
a
n
n
e
e
l
l
On the top of the Dashboard, a virtual panel (simulating the physical panel of the router)
displays the physical interface connection. It will be refreshed every five seconds. When you
move and click the mouse cursor on LEDs (except ACT), WAN2, or DSL, related web setting
page will be open for you to configure if required.
For detailed information about the LED display, refer to I-1-1 LED Indicators and
Connectors.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
2
2
N
N
a
a
m
m
e
e
w
w
i
i
t
t
h
h
a
a
L
L
i
i
n
n
k
k
A name with a link (e.g., Router Name, Current Time, WAN1~2 and etc.) below means you can
click it to open the configuration page for modification.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
7
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
3
3
Q
Q
u
u
i
i
c
c
k
k
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
o
o
n
n
U
U
s
s
e
e
d
d
M
M
e
e
n
n
u
u
All the menu items can be accessed and arranged orderly on the left side of the main page for
your request. However, some important and common used menu items which can be
accessed in a quick way just for convenience.
Look at the right side of the Dashboard. You will find a group of common used functions
grouped under Quick Access.
The function links of System Status, Dynamic DDNS, TR-069, Schedule, Syslog/Mail Alert, and
Firewall Object Setting are displayed here. Move your mouse cursor on any one of the links
and click on it. The corresponding setting page will be open immediately.
Note that there is a plus (
) icon located on the left side of LAN. Click it to review the LAN
connection(s) used presently.
Host connected physically to the router via LAN port(s) will be displayed with green circles in
the field of Connected.
All of the hosts (including wireless clients) displayed with Host ID, IP Address and MAC address
indicates that the traffic would be transmitted through LAN port(s) and then the WAN port.
The purpose is to perform the traffic monitor of the host(s).
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
8
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
4
4
G
G
U
U
I
I
M
M
a
a
p
p
All the functions the router supports are listed with table clearly in this page. Users can click
the function link to access into the setting page of the function for detailed configuration.
Click the icon on the top of the main screen to display all the functions.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
5
5
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
s
s
o
o
l
l
e
e
It is not necessary to use the telnet command via DOS prompt. The changes made by using
web console have the same effects as modified through web user interface. The
functions/settings modified under Web Console also can be reviewed on the web user
interface.
Click the Web Console icon on the top of the main screen to open the following screen.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
9
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
1
0
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
6
6
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
There is one way to store current used settings quickly by clicking the Config Backup icon. It
allows you to backup current settings as a file. Such configuration file can be restored by
using System Maintenance>>Configuration Backup.
Simply click the icon on the top of the main screen and a pop up dialog will appear.
Click Save to store the setting.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
7
7
L
L
o
o
g
g
o
o
u
u
t
t
Click this icon to exit the web user interface.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
11
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
8
8
O
O
n
n
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
8
8
-
-
1
1
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Such page displays the physical connection status such as LAN connection status, WAN
connection status, ADSL information, and so on.
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
12
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
Detailed explanation (for IPv4) is shown below:
Item Description
LAN Status Primary DNS-Displays the primary DNS server address for
WAN interface.
Secondary DNS -Displays the secondary DNS server address
for WAN interface.
IP Address-Displays the IP address of the LAN interface.
TX Packets-Displays the total transmitted packets at the
LAN interface.
RX Packets-Displays the total received packets at the LAN
interface.
WAN1/WAN2 Status Enable – Yes in red means such interface is available but
not enabled. Yes in green means such interface is enabled.
Line – Displays the physical connection (VDSL, ADSL, or
Fiber) of this interface.
Name – Display the name of the router.
Mode - Displays the type of WAN connection (e.g., PPPoE).
Up Time - Displays the total uptime of the interface.
IP - Displays the IP address of the WAN interface.
GW IP - Displays the IP address of the default gateway.
TX Packets - Displays the total transmitted packets at the
WAN interface.
TX Rate - Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the
WAN interface.
RX Packets - Displays the total number of received packets
at the WAN interface.
RX Rate - Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN
interface.
Detailed explanation (for IPv6) is shown below:
Item Description
LAN Status IP Address- Displays the IPv6 address of the LAN interface..
TX Packets-Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN
interface.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
13
Item Description
RX Packets-Displays the total received packets at the LAN
interface.
TX Bytes - Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the
LAN interface.
RX Bytes - Displays the speed of received octets at the LAN
interface.
WAN IPv6 Status Enable – No in red means such interface is available but not
enabled. Yes in green means such interface is enabled. No in
red means such interface is not available.
Mode - Displays the type of WAN connection (e.g., TSPC).
Up Time - Displays the total uptime of the interface.
IP - Displays the IP address of the WAN interface.
Gateway IP - Displays the IP address of the default gateway.
Info
The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for
accessing Internet; the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface
is not ready for accessing Internet.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
8
8
-
-
2
2
V
V
i
i
r
r
t
t
u
u
a
a
l
l
W
W
A
A
N
N
Such page displays the virtual WAN connection information.
Virtual WAN are used by TR-069 management, VoIP service and so on.
The field of Application will list the purpose of such WAN connection.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
1
4
I
I
-
-
6
6
Q
Q
u
u
i
i
c
c
k
k
S
S
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
W
W
i
i
z
z
a
a
r
r
d
d
Quick Start Wizard can help you to deploy and use the router easily and quickly. Go to
Wizards>>Quick Start Wizard. The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login
password. After typing the password, please click Next.
On the next page as shown below, please select the WAN interface that you use. If DSL
interface is used, please choose WAN1; if fiber interface is used, please choose WAN2. At
present, only WAN1 is available. Then click Next for next step.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
15
I
I
-
-
6
6
-
-
1
1
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
(
(
A
A
D
D
S
S
L
L
/
/
V
V
D
D
S
S
L
L
2
2
)
)
WAN1 is specified for ADSL or VDSL2 connection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Display Name Type a name to identify such WAN.
DSL Mode Specify the physical mode (Auto, VDSL2 only or ADSL only)
for such router manually.
You have to select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from
your ISP. For example, you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface.
In addition, the field of For ADSL Only will be available only when ADSL is detected. Then
click Next for next step.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
16
I
I
-
-
6
6
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
E
E
/
/
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
A
A
1. Choose WAN1 as WAN Interface and click the Next button; you will get the following
page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Protocol There are two modes offered for you to choose for WAN1
interface.
Choose PPPoE/PPPoA as the protocol.
For ADSL Only Such field is provided for ADSL only. You have to choose
encapsulation and type the values for VPI and VCI. Or, click
Auto detect to find out the best values.
Fixed IP Click Yes to enable Fixed IP feature.
IP Address Type the IP address if Fixed IP is enabled.
Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask.
Default Gateway Type the IP address as the default gateway.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
1
7
Primary DNS Type in the primary IP address for the router.
Second DNS Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future.
VLAN Tag insertion
(VDSL2)/(ADSL)
The settings configured in this field are available for WAN1
and WAN2.
Enable – Enable the function of VLAN with tag.
The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on
the WAN while sending them out.
Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the
packets sending by WAN1.
Disable – Disable the function of VLAN with tag.
Tag value – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. The range
is from 0 to 4095.
Priority – Type the packet priority number for such VLAN.
The range is from 0 to 7.
Back Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
2. After finished the above settings, simply click Next. Manually enter the
Username/Password provided by your ISP
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Service Name
(Optional)
Enter the description of the specific network service.
Username Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP.
Note: The maximum length of the user name you can set is
63 characters.
Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP.
Note: The maximum length of the password you can set is 62
characters.
Confirm Password Retype the password.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
18
Back Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
3. After finished the above settings, click Next for viewing summary of such connection.
4. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear. Then, the system
status of this protocol will be shown.
5. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
1
9
I
I
-
-
6
6
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
M
M
P
P
o
o
A
A
/
/
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
o
o
r
r
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
1. Choose WAN1 as WAN Interface and click the Next button; you will get the following
page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Protocol There are two modes offered for you to choose for WAN1
interface.
Choose MPoA / Static or Dynamic IP as the protocol.
For ADSL Only Such field is provided for ADSL only. You have to choose
encapsulation and type the values for VPI and VCI. Or, click
Auto detect to find out the best values.
Fixed IP Click Yes to enable Fixed IP feature.
IP Address Type the IP address if Fixed IP is enabled.
Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask.
Default Gateway Type the IP address as the default gateway.
Primary DNS Type in the primary IP address for the router.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
2
0
Second DNS Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future.
VLAN Tag insertion
(VDSL2)/(ADSL)
The settings configured in this field are available for WAN1
and WAN2.
Enable – Enable the function of VLAN with tag.
The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on
the WAN while sending them out.
Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the
packets sending by WAN1.
Disable – Disable the function of VLAN with tag.
Tag value – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. The range
is from 0 to 4095.
Priority – Type the packet priority number for such VLAN.
The range is from 0 to 7.
Back Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
2. Please type in the IP address/mask/gateway information originally provided by your ISP.
Then click Next for viewing summary of such connection.
3. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear. Then, the system
status of this protocol will be shown.
4. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
21
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
I
I
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
v
v
i
i
t
t
y
y
It means wide area network. Public IP will be used in
WAN.
It means local area network. Private IP will be used in
LAN. Local Area Network (LAN) is a group of subnets
regulated and ruled by router. The design of network
structure is related to what type of public IP addresses
coming from your ISP.
When the data flow passing through, the Network
Address Translation (NAT) function of the router will
dedicate to translate public/private addresses, and
the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in
the local area network.
DNS, IGMP, UpnP
Static Route
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
22
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
W
W
A
A
N
N
It allows users to access Internet.
B
B
a
a
s
s
i
i
c
c
s
s
o
o
f
f
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
(
(
I
I
P
P
)
)
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
IP means Internet Protocol. Every device in an IP-based Network including routers, print
server, and host PCs, needs an IP address to identify its location on the network. To avoid
address conflicts, IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre
(NIC). Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public
network but not in the private TCP/IP local area networks (LANs), such as host PCs under the
management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public. Hence, the NIC
has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly. These are known as
private IP addresses, and are listed in the following ranges:
From 10.0.0.0 to 10.255.255.255
From 172.16.0.0 to 172.31.255.255
From 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.255
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
a
a
r
r
e
e
P
P
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
P
P
r
r
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
e
e
I
I
P
P
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN, it interconnects groups of
host PCs. Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built-in DHCP server of the
Vigor device. The router itself will also use the default private IP address: 192.168.1.1 to
communicate with the local hosts. Meanwhile, Vigor device will communicate with other
network devices through a public IP address. When the data flow passing through, the
Network Address Translation (NAT) function of the router will dedicate to translate
public/private addresses, and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local
area network. Thus, all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection.
G
G
e
e
t
t
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
P
P
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
f
f
r
r
o
o
m
m
I
I
S
S
P
P
In ADSL deployment, the PPP (Point to Point)-style authentication and authorization is
required for bridging customer premises equipment (CPE). Point to Point Protocol over
Ethernet (PPPoE) connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access
concentrator or aggregation concentrator. This implementation provides users with
significant ease of use. Meanwhile it provides access control, billing, and type of service
according to user requirement.
When a router begins to connect to your ISP, a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for
a connection. Then a session will be created. Your user ID and password is authenticated via
PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system. And your IP address, DNS server, and other
related information will usually be assigned by your ISP.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
23
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection
modes for WAN1, WAN2 and WAN3/WAN4 in details.
This router supports multiple-WAN function. It allows users to access Internet and combine
the bandwidth of the multiple WANs to speed up the transmission through the network. Each
WAN port can connect to different ISPs, Even if the ISPs use different technology to provide
telecommunication service (such as DSL, Cable modem, etc.). If any connection problem
occurred on one of the ISP connections, all the traffic will be guided and switched to the
normal communication port for proper operation. Please configure WAN1, WAN2, WAN3 and
WAN4 settings.
This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1, WAN2, WAN3 and WAN4 respectively.
In default, WAN2 is disabled. If you want to enable it, simply click the WAN2 link and select
Yes in the field of Enable.
For VigorNIC 132 Series except VigorNIC 132L and VigorNIC 132Ln
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Click the WAN interface link under Index to access into the
WAN configuration page.
Enable V means such WAN interface is enabled and ready to be used.
Physical Mode / Type Display the physical mode and physical type of such WAN
interface.
Info
In default, each WAN port is enabled.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
2
4
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
(
(
A
A
D
D
S
S
L
L
/
/
V
V
D
D
S
S
L
L
2
2
)
)
Vigor device will detect the physical line is connected by ADSL or VDSL2 automatically.
Therefore, this page allows you to configure settings for ADSL and VDSL2 at one time. That is,
it is not necessary for you to configure different profile settings for ADSL and VDSL2
respectively.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface.
Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface.
Display Name Type the description for such interface.
Physical Mode Display the physical mode of such interface. If VDSL2 is
detected, this field will display “VDSL2”; if ADSL is
detected, it will display “ADSL”.
DSL Mode Specify the physical mode (VDSL2 or ADSL) for such router
manually.
Physical Type For such interface, no type can be selected.
VLAN Tag insertion (ADSL)
The settings configured in this field are available for ADSL.
Enable – Enable the function of VLAN with tag.
The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on
the WAN while sending them out.
Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the
packets sending by WAN1.
Disable – Disable the function of VLAN with tag.
Tag value – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. The
range is form 0 to 4095.
Priority – Type the packet priority number for such VLAN.
The range is from 0 to 7.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
25
VLAN Tag insertion
(VDSL2)
The settings configured in this field are available for
VDSL2.
Enable – Enable the function of VLAN with tag.
The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on
the WAN while sending them out.
Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the
packets sending by WAN1.
Disable – Disable the function of VLAN with tag.
Tag value – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. The
range is form 0 to 4095.
Priority – Type the packet priority number for such VLAN.
The range is from 0 to 7.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
26
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
W
W
A
A
N
N
2
2
(
(
F
F
i
i
b
b
e
e
r
r
)
)
WAN2 can be configured for general setting for fiber connection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface.
Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface.
Display Name Type the description for such WAN interface.
VLAN Tag insertion Enable – Enable the function of VLAN with tag.
The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on
the WAN while sending them out.
Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the
packets sending by WAN1.
Disable – Disable the function of VLAN with tag.
Tag value – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. The
range is form 0 to 4095.
Priority – Type the packet priority number for such VLAN.
The range is from 0 to 7.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
2
7
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
For the router supports multi-WAN function, the users can set different WAN settings (for
WAN1/WAN2) for Internet Access. Due to different Physical Mode for WAN interface, the
Access Mode for these connections also varies. Refer to the following figures for examples.
Access Mode for ADSL/VDSL2,
Access Mode for Fiber,
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Display the WAN interface.
Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1/WAN2 that entered in
general setup.
Physical Mode It shows the physical connection for
WAN1(ADSL/VDSL2)/WAN2 (Fiber) accroding to the real
network connection.
Access Mode Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode. The
details page of that mode will be popped up. If not, click
Details Page for accessing the page to configure the
settings.
Details Page This button will open different web page (based on IPv4)
according to the access mode that you choose in WAN
interface.
Note that Details Page will be changed slightly based on
ADSL/VDSL2 physical mode specified on WAN>>General
Setup.
IPv6 This button will open different web page (based on Physical
Mode) to setup IPv6 Internet Access Mode for WAN
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
28
interface.
Advanced This button allows you to configure DHCP client options.
DHCP packets can be processed by adding option number
and data information when such function is enabled and
configured.
Enable/Disable – Enable/Disable the function of DHCP
Option. Each DHCP option is composed by an option number
with data. For example,
Option number:100
Data: abcd
When such function is enabled, the specified values for
DHCP option will be seen in DHCP reply packets.
Interface – Specify the WAN interface(s) that will be
overwritten by such function. WAN5 ~ WAN7 can be located
under WAN>>Multi-PVC/VLAN.
Option Number – Type a number for such function.
DataType – Choose the type (ASCII or Hex) for the data to
be stored.
Data – Type the content of the data to be processed by the
function of DHCP option.
Info
If you choose to configure option 61 here, the detailed settings in WAN>>Interface
Access will be overwritten.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
2
9
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
E
E
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
(
(
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
:
:
A
A
D
D
S
S
L
L
)
)
To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the Internet, please select PPPoE from the
WAN>>Internet Access >>WAN1 page. The following web page will be shown.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable/Disable Click Enable for activating this function. If you click Disable,
this function will be closed and all the settings that you
adjusted in this page will be invalid.
Modem Settings
(for ADSL only)
Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP. These
settings configured here are specified for ADSL only.
Multi-PVC channel - The selections displayed here are
determined by the page of Internet Access >>
Multi-PVC/VLAN. Select M-PVCs Channel means no selection
will be chosen.
Encapsulating Type - Drop down the list to choose the type
provided by ISP.
VPI - Type in the value provided by ISP.
VCI - Type in the value provided by ISP.
Modulation –Default setting is Multimode. Choose the one
that fits the requirement of your router.
PPPoE Pass-through The router offers PPPoE dial-up connection. Besides, you
also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local
clients to your ISP via the Vigor device. When PPPoA protocol
is selected, the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be
transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN server.
Thus, the PC can access Internet through such direction.
For Wired LAN – If you check this box, PCs on the same
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
3
0
network can use another set of PPPoE session (different with
the Host PC) to access into Internet.
Note: To have PPPoA Pass-through, please choose PPPoA
protocol and check the box(es) here. The router will behave
like a modem which only serves the PPPoE client on the LAN.
That’s, the router will offer PPPoA dial-up connection.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to
execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping Detect as the
detection mode, you have to type required settings for the
following items.
Ping IP – If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode,
you also can enable this setting to use current WAN
gateway IP address for pinging.
With the IP address(es) pinging, Vigor device can check if
the WAN connection is on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING operation.
MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
Click Detect to open the following dialog.
ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username, password and authentication
parameters according to the information provided by your
ISP.
Username – Type in the username provided by ISP in this
field.
Password – Type in the password provided by ISP in this field.
Separate Account for ADSL – In default, WAN1 supports
VDSL2/ADSL and uses the same PPPoE account and password
for connection. If required, you can configure another
account and password for ADSL connection by checking this
box. If it is checked, the system will ask you to type another
group of account and password additionally.
PPP Authentication – Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for
PPP.
IP Address From ISP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time
you connect to it and request. In some case, your ISP
provides service to always assign you the same IP address
whenever you request. In this case, you can fill in this IP
address in the Fixed IP field. Please contact your ISP before
you want to use this function.
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses and
would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please use
WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other
than the current one you are using.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
31
Fixed IP – Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP
address in the box of Fixed IP Address.
Default MAC Address – You can use Default MAC Address or
specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC
Address for the router.
Specify a MAC Address – Type the MAC address for the router
manually.
Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets of
time schedule for your request. All the schedules can be set
previously in Applications >> Schedule web page and you
can use the number that you have set in that web page.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
32
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
M
M
P
P
o
o
A
A
/
/
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
o
o
r
r
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
(
(
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
:
:
A
A
D
D
S
S
L
L
)
)
MPoA is a specification that enables ATM services to be integrated with existing LANs, which
use either Ethernet, token-ring or TCP/IP protocols. The goal of MPoA is to allow different
LANs to send packets to each other via an ATM backbone.
To use MPoA/Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the Internet, select Static or
Dynamic IP from the WAN>>Internet Access >>WAN1 page. The following web page will
appear.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable/Disable Click Enable for activating this function. If you click Disable,
this function will be closed and all the settings that you
adjusted in this page will be invalid.
Modem Settings
(for ADSL only)
Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP. These
settings configured here are specified for ADSL only.
Multi-PVC channel - The selections displayed here are
determined by the page of Internet Access >>
Multi-PVC/VLAN. Select M-PVCs Channel means no selection
will be chosen.
Encapsulating Type - Drop down the list to choose the type
provided by ISP.
VPI - Type in the value provided by ISP.
VCI - Type in the value provided by ISP.
Modulation –Default setting is Multimode. Choose the one
that fits the requirement of your router.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
33
Modem Setting (for ADSL
only)
It is not necessary to configure settings in these fields for
modem settings are prepared for ADSL only.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose ARP Detect, Ping Detect or Always On for
the system to execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping
Detect as the detection mode, you have to type required
settings for the following items.
Ping IP – If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode,
you also can enable this setting to use current WAN
gateway IP address for pinging.
With the IP address(es) pinging, Vigor device can check if
the WAN connection is on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING operation.
MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
RIP Protocol
Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIPRFC1058
specifying how routers exchange routing tables information.
Click Enable RIP for activating this function.
Bridge Mode Enable Bridge Mode - If the function is enabled, the router
will work as a bridge modem.
WAN IP Network Settings This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically
and allows you type in IP address manually.
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses and
would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please use
WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other
than the current one you are using. Notice that this setting is
available for WAN1 only. Type the additional WAN IP address
and check the Enable box. Then click OK to exit the dialog.
Obtain an IP address automatically – Click this button to
obtain the IP address automatically.
Router Name – Type in the router name provided by
ISP.
Domain Name – Type in the domain name that you have
assigned.
Specify an IP address – Click this radio button to specify
some data.
IP Address – Type in the private IP address.
Subnet Mask – Type in the subnet mask.
Gateway IP Address – Type in gateway IP address.
Default MAC Address – Type in MAC address for the router.
You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC
address for your necessity.
Specify a MAC Address – Type in the MAC address for the
router manually.
DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router. If necessary,
type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
3
4
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
3
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
E
E
/
/
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
A
A
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
(
(
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
:
:
V
V
D
D
S
S
L
L
)
)
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable/Disable Click Enable for activating this function. If you click Disable,
this function will be closed and all the settings that you
adjusted in this page will be invalid.
ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username, password and authentication
parameters according to the information provided by your
ISP.
Service Name (Optional) - Enter the description of the
specific network service.
Username – Type in the username provided by ISP in this
field.
Password – Type in the password provided by ISP in this field.
Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets of
time schedule for your request. All the schedules can be set
previously in Applications >> Schedule web page and you
can use the number that you have set in that web page.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to
execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping Detect as the
detection mode, you have to type required settings for the
following items.
Ping IP – If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode,
you also can enable this setting to use current WAN
gateway IP address for pinging.
With the IP address(es) pinging, Vigor device can check if
the WAN connection is on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING operation.
MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
35
PPP/MP Setup PPP Authentication – Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for
PPP.
Idle Timeout – Set the timeout for breaking down the
Internet after passing through the time without any action.
IP Address Assignment
Method (IPCP)
Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time
you connect to it and request. In some case, your ISP
provides service to always assign you the same IP address
whenever you request. In this case, you can fill in this IP
address in the Fixed IP field. Please contact your ISP before
you want to use this function.
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses and
would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please use
WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other
than the current one you are using.
Fixed IP – Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP
address in the box of Fixed IP Address.
Default MAC Address – You can use Default MAC Address or
specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC
Address for the router.
Specify a MAC Address – Type the MAC address for the router
manually.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
4
4
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
o
o
r
r
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
(
(
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
:
:
V
V
D
D
S
S
L
L
)
)
To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the Internet, select Static or
Dynamic IP from the WAN>>Internet Access >>WAN1 page. The following web page will
appear.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
36
Enable/Disable Click Enable for activating this function. If you click Disable,
this function will be closed and all the settings that you
adjusted in this page will be invalid.
Keep WAN Connection Normally, this function is designed for Dynamic IP
environments because some ISPs will drop connections if
there is no traffic within certain periods of time. Check
Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function.
PING to the IP - If you enable the PING function, please
specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping
alive.
PING Interval - Enter the interval for the system to execute
the PING operation.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to
execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping Detect as the
detection mode, you have to type required settings for the
following items.
Ping IP – If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode,
you also can enable this setting to use current WAN
gateway IP address for pinging. With the IP address(es)
pinging, Vigor device can check if the WAN connection is
on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING operation.
MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
RIP Protocol
Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIPRFC1058
specifying how routers exchange routing tables information.
Click Enable RIP for activating this function.
WAN IP Network Settings This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically
and allows you type in IP address manually.
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses and
would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please use
WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 32 public IP addresses other
than the current one you are using. Notice that this setting is
available for WAN1 only. Type the additional WAN IP address
and check the Enable box. Then click OK to exit the dialog.
Obtain an IP address automatically – Click this button to
obtain the IP address automatically.
Router Name – Type in the router name provided
by ISP.
Domain Name – Type in the domain name that you
have assigned.
Specify an IP address – Click this radio button to specify
some data.
IP Address – Type in the private IP address.
Subnet Mask – Type in the subnet mask.
Gateway IP Address – Type in gateway IP address.
Default MAC Address – Type in MAC address for the router.
You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC
address for your necessity.
Specify a MAC Address – Type in the MAC address for the
router manually.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
3
7
DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router. If necessary,
type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
5
5
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
E
E
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
2
2
(
(
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
:
:
F
F
i
i
b
b
e
e
r
r
)
)
To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the Internet, please select PPPoE from the
WAN>>Internet Access >>WAN2 page. The following web page will be shown.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable/Disable Click Enable for activating this function. If you click Disable,
this function will be closed and all the settings that you
adjusted in this page will be invalid.
ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username, password and authentication
parameters according to the information provided by your
ISP.
Service Name (Optional) - Enter the description of the
specific network service.
Username – Type in the username provided by ISP in this
field.
The maximum length of the user name you can set is 63
characters.
Password – Type in the password provided by ISP in this field.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 62
characters.
Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets of
time schedule for your request. All the schedules can be set
previously in Application >> Schedule web page and you can
use the number that you have set in that web page.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
38
execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping Detect as the
detection mode, you have to type required settings for the
following items.
Ping IP – If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode,
you also can enable this setting to use current WAN
gateway IP address for pinging.
With the IP address(es) pinging, Vigor device can check if
the WAN connection is on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING operation.
MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
PPP/MP Setup PPP Authentication – Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for
PPP.
Idle Timeout – Set the timeout for breaking down the
Internet after passing through the time without any action.
IP Address Assignment
Method (IPCP)
Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time
you connect to it and request. In some case, your ISP
provides service to always assign you the same IP address
whenever you request. In this case, you can fill in this IP
address in the Fixed IP field. Please contact your ISP before
you want to use this function.
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses and
would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please use
WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 32 public IP addresses other
than the current one you are using. Type the additional WAN
IP address and check the Enable box. Then click OK to exit
the dialog.
Fixed IP – Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP
address in the box of Fixed IP Address.
Default MAC Address – You can use Default MAC Address or
specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC
Address for the router.
Specify a MAC Address – Type the MAC address for the router
manually.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
6
6
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
o
o
r
r
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
2
2
(
(
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
:
:
F
F
i
i
b
b
e
e
r
r
)
)
For static IP mode, you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet, namely
multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers. In most cases, a
Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP, while a DSL service provider will offer a
public subnet. If you have a public subnet, you could assign an IP address or many IP address
to the WAN interface.
To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet, please click the Static
or Dynamic IP tab. The following web page will be shown.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
3
9
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable / Disable Click Enable for activating this function. If you click Disable,
this function will be closed and all the settings that you
adjusted in this page will be invalid.
Keep WAN Connection Normally, this function is designed for Dynamic IP
environments because some ISPs will drop connections if
there is no traffic within certain periods of time. Check
Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function.
PING to the IP - If you enable the PING function, please
specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping
alive.
PING Interval - Enter the interval for the system to execute
the PING operation.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose ARP Detect, Ping Detect or Always On for
the system to execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping
Detect as the detection mode, you have to type required
settings for the following items.
Ping IP – If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode,
you also can enable this setting to use current WAN
gateway IP address for pinging.
With the IP address(es) pinging, Vigor device can check if
the WAN connection is on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING operation.
MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
RIP Protocol
Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIPRFC1058
specifying how routers exchange routing tables information.
Click Enable RIP for activating this function.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
4
0
WAN IP Network Settings This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically
and allows you type in IP address manually.
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses and
would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please use
WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 32 public IP addresses other
than the current one you are using.
Obtain an IP address automatically – Click this button to
obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use
Dynamic IP mode.
Router Name: Type in the router name provided by ISP.
Domain Name: Type in the domain name that you have
assigned.
Specify an IP address – Click this radio button to specify
some data if you want to use Static IP mode.
IP Address: Type the IP address.
Subnet Mask: Type the subnet mask.
Gateway IP Address: Type the gateway IP address.
Default MAC Address: Click this radio button to use default
MAC address for the router.
Specify a MAC Address: Some Cable service providers
specify a specific MAC address for access authentication. In
such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and
enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field.
DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to
use Static IP mode. If necessary, type in secondary IP address
for necessity in the future.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
41
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
7
7
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
O
O
f
f
f
f
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
/
/
W
W
A
A
N
N
2
2
When Offline is selected, the IPv6 connection will be disabled.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
8
8
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
P
P
P
P
P
P
During the procedure of IPv4 PPPoE connection, we can get the IPv6 Link Local Address
between the gateway and Vigor device through IPv6CP. Later, use DHCPv6 or accept RA to
acquire the IPv6 prefix address (such as: 2001:B010:7300:200::/64) offered by the ISP. In
addition, PCs under LAN also can have the public IPv6 address for Internet access by means of
the generated prefix.
No need to type any other information for PPP mode.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Prefix Configuration Type the IPv6 address with the value of subnet.
If you choose Auto, there is no need to configure such
setting.
Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on PPP mode.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
42
Info
At present, the IPv6 prefix can be acquired via the PPPoE mode connection which is
available for the areas such as Taiwan (hinet), the Netherlands, Australia and UK.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
9
9
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
T
T
S
S
P
P
C
C
Tunnel setup protocol client (TSPC) is an application which could help you to connect to IPv6
network easily.
Please make sure your IPv4 WAN connection is OK and apply one free account from hexago
(http://gogonet.gogo6.com/page/freenet6-account ) before you try to use TSPC for network
connection. TSPC would connect to tunnel broker and requests a tunnel according to the
specifications inside the configuration file. It gets a public IPv6 IP address and an IPv6 prefix
from the tunnel broker and then monitors the state of the tunnel in background.
After getting the IPv6 prefix and starting router advertisement daemon (RADVD), the PC
behind this router can directly connect to IPv6 the Internet.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
43
Username Type the name obtained from the broker. It is suggested for
you to apply another username and password for
http://gogonet.gogo6.com/page/freenet6-account.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 63
characters.
Password /Confirm
Password
Type the password assigned with the user name.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 19
characters.
Tunnel Broker Type the address for the tunnel broker IP, FQDN or an
optional port number.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
0
0
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
A
A
I
I
C
C
C
C
U
U
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Always On Check this box to keep the network connection always.
Username Type the name obtained from the broker. Please apply new
account at http://www.sixxs.net/. It is suggested for you to
apply another username and password.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 19
characters.
Password / Confirm
Password
Type the password assigned with the user name.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 19
characters.
Tunnel Broker It means a server of AICCU. The server can provide IPv6
tunnels to sites or end users over IPv4.
Type the address for the tunnel broker IP, FQDN or an
optional port number.
Subnet Prefix Type the subnet prefix address obtained from service
provider.
The maximum length of the prefix you can set is 128
characters.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
44
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
1
1
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
v
v
6
6
C
C
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
DHCPv6 client mode would use DHCPv6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Identify Association Choose Prefix Delegation or Non-temporary Address as
the identify association.
IAID Type a number as IAID.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
2
2
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
This type allows you to setup static IPv6 address for WAN interface.
Available settings are explained as follows:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
45
Item Description
Static IPv6 Address
configuration
IPv6 Address – Type the IPv6 Static IP Address.
Prefix Length – Type the fixed value for prefix length.
Add – Click it to add a new entry.
Delete – Click it to remove an existed entry.
Current IPv6 Address
Table
Display current interface IPv6 address.
Static IPv6 Gateway
Configuration
IPv6 Gateway Address - Type your IPv6 gateway address
here.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
46
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
3
3
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
6
6
i
i
n
n
4
4
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
T
T
u
u
n
n
n
n
e
e
l
l
This type allows you to setup 6in4 Static Tunnel for WAN interface.
Such mode allows the router to access IPv6 network through IPv4 network.
However, 6in4 offers a prefix outside of 2002::0/16. So, you can use a fixed endpoint rather
than anycast endpoint. The mode has more reliability.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Remote Endpoint IPv4
Address
Type the static IPv4 address for the remote server.
6in4 IPv6 Address Type the static IPv6 address for IPv4 tunnel with the value
for prefix length.
LAN Routed Prefix Type the static IPv6 address for LAN routing with the value
for prefix length.
Tunnel TTL Type the number for the data lifetime in tunnel.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
47
Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on 6in4 Static Tunnel mode.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
4
4
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
6
6
r
r
d
d
This type allows you to setup 6rd for WAN interface.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
6rd Mode Auto 6rd – Retrieve 6rd prefix automatically from 6rd
service provider. The IPv4 WAN must be set as "DHCP".
Static 6rd - Set 6rd options manually.
IPv4 Border Relay Type the IPv4 addresses of the 6rd Border Relay for a given
6rd domain.
IPv4 Mask Length Type a number of high-order bits that are identical across
all CE IPv4 addresses within a given 6rd domain.
It may be any value between 0 and 32.
6rd Prefix Type the 6rd IPv6 address.
6rd Prefix Length Type the IPv6 prefix length for the 6rd IPv6 prefix in
number of bits.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
48
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on 6rd mode.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
49
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
M
M
u
u
l
l
t
t
i
i
-
-
P
P
V
V
C
C
/
/
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
This router allows you to create multi-PVC for different data transferring for using. Simply go
toWAN and select Multi-PVC/VLAN page.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
The system allows you to set up to eight channels which are ready for choosing as the first
PVC line that will be used as multi-PVC.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Channel Display the number of each channel.
Channels 1 and 2 are used by the Internet Access web user
interface and can not be configured here.
Channels 3 ~ 5 are configurable.
Enable Display whether the settings in this channel are enabled
(Yes) or not (No).
WAN Type Displays the physical medium that the channel will use.
VPI/VCI Display the value for VPI and VCI.
VLAN Tag Displays the VLAN tag value that will be used for the packets
traveling on this channel.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
50
Click any index (3~5) to get the following web page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Multi-VLAN Channel 3~5
Enable – Click it to enable the configuration of this channel.
Disable –Click it to disable the configuration of this channel.
WAN Type The connections and interfaces created in every channel may
select a specific WAN type to be built upon. In the Multi-PVC
application, only the Ethernet WAN type is available. The
user will be able to select the physical WAN interface the
channel shall use here.
General Settings VLAN Header – Check the box to enable the following two
options.
VLAN Tag – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. Valid
settings are in the range from 1 to 4095. The network traffic
flowing on each channel will be identified by the system via
their VLAN Tags. Channels using the same WAN type may not
configure the same VLAN tag value.
Priority – Choose the number to determine the packet
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
51
priority for such VLAN. The range is from 0 to 7.
Open WAN Interface for
this Channel
Check the box to enable relating function.
WAN Application –
Management – It can be specified for general
management (Web configuration/telnet/TR069). If you
choose Management, the configuration for this VLAN
will be effective for Web configuration/telnet/TR069.
IPTV - The IPTV configuration will allow the WAN
interface to send IGMP packets to IPTV servers.
WAN Setup
It is available only when VDSL or Ethernet (WAN2) is
selected as WAN Type. Choose PPPoE/PPPoA Client or
Static or Dynamic IP as the WAN mode for such channel.
If PPPoE/PPPoA Client is selected as WAN Setup, you
have to configure the settings listed under ISP Access
Setup. Enter your allocated username, password and
authentication parameters according to the information
provided by your ISP.
ISP Name – Type in the name of your ISP.
Username – Type in the username provided by ISP in this
field. The maximum length of the name you can set is 80
characters.
Password – Type in the password provided by ISP in this
field. The maximum length of the password you can set is
48 characters.
PPP Authentication – Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for
PPP.
Always On – Check it to keep the network
connection always.
Idle Timeout – Set the timeout for breaking down
the Internet after passing through the time without
any action.
Fixed IP – Click Yes to use this function and type in a
fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address.
If Static or Dynamic IP is selected as WAN Setup, you
have to configure the settings listed under WAN IP
Network Settings.
Obtain an IP address automatically – Click this button to
obtain the IP address automatically.
Router Name – Type in the router name provided by
ISP.
Domain Name – Type in the domain name that you
have assigned.
Specify an IP address – Click this radio button to specify
some data.
IP Address – Type in the private IP address.
Subnet Mask – Type in the subnet mask.
Gateway IP Address – Type in gateway IP address.
DNS Server IP Address - Type in the primary IP address for
the router if you want to use Static IP mode. If necessary,
type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings and return to previous page.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
52
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
-
-
2
2
A
A
d
d
v
v
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
d
d
Such configuration is applied to upstream packets. Such information will be provided by ISP.
Please contact with your ISP for detailed information.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
QoS Type Select a proper QoS type for the channel according to the
information that your ISP provides.
PCR It represents Peak Cell Rate. The default setting is “0”.
SCR It represents Sustainable Cell Rate. The value of SCR must be
smaller than PCR.
MBS It represents Maximum Burst Size. The range of the value is
10 to 50.
PVC to PVC Binding It allows the enabled PVC channel to use the same ADSL
connection settings of another PVC channel. Please choose
the PVC channel via the drop down list.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
53
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
i
i
n
n
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
N
N
I
I
C
C
1
1
3
3
2
2
Due to the shortage of IPv4 address, more and more countries use IPv6 to solve the problem.
However, to continually use the original rich resources of IPv4, both IPv6 and IPv4 networks
shall communicate for each other via intercommunication mechanism to complete the
shifting job from IPv4 to IPv6 gradually. At present, there are three common types of
intercommunication mechanisms:
Dual Stack
The user can use both IPv4 and IPv6 techniques at the same time. That means adding an
IPv6 stack on the origin network layer to let the host own the communication capability
of IPv4 and IPv6.
Tunnel
Both IPv6 hosts can communication for each other via existing IPv4 network
environment. The IPv6 packets will be encapsulated with the header of IPv4 first. Later,
the packets will be transformed and judged by IPv4 router. Once the packets arrive the
border between IPv4 and IPv6, the header of IPv4 on the packets will be removed. Then,
the packets with IPv6 address will be forwarded to the destination of IPv6 network.
Translation
Such feature is active only for the user who uses IPv4 to communicate with other user
using IPv4 service.
Before configuring the settings on VigorNIC 132, you need to know which connection type that
your IPv6 service used.
Info
For the IPv6 service, you have to configure WAN/LAN settings before using
the service.
I
I
.
.
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
e
e
W
W
A
A
N
N
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
For the IPv6 WAN settings for VigorNIC 132, there are five connection types to be chosen: PPP,
TSPC, AICCU, DHCPv6 Client and Static IPv6.
1. Access into the web user interface of VigorNIC. Open WAN>> Internet Access. Choose
one of the WAN interfaces as the one supporting IPv6 service. Then, click the IPv6
button of the selected WAN.
Info
Only one WAN interface support IPv6 service at one time. In this
example, WAN2 is chosen as the one supporting IPv6 service.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
54
2. In the following figure, use the drop down list to choose a proper connection type.
Different connection types will bring out different configuration page. Refer to the
following:
PPP – Dual Stack application, IPv4 and IPv6 services can be utilized at the same time
Choose PPP and type the information for PPPoE of IPv4.
Access into the setting page for IPv6 service, it is not necessary for you to configure
anything.
Click OK and open Online Status. If the connection is successful, you will get the IP
address for IPv4 and IPv6 at the same time.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
55
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
56
TSPC – Tunnel application, both IPv6 hosts communicate through IPv4 network
Choose TSPC and type the information for TSPC service.
Info
While using such mode, you have to make sure the IPv4 network
connection is normal.
(In the following figure, the TSPC information is obtained from http://gogo6.com/ after
applied for the service.)
Click OK and open Online Status. If the connection is successful, the physical connection
will be shown as follows:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
57
AICCU – Tunnel application
Choose AICCU and type the information for AICCU of IPv6.
Info
While using such mode, you have to make sure the IPv4 network
connection is normal.
(In the following figure, the AICCU information is obtained from
https://www.sixxs.net/main/ after applied for the service.)
Click OK and open Online Status. If the connection is successful, the physical connection
will be shows as follows:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
58
DHCPv6 Client
Choose DHCPv6 Client. Click one of the identity associations and type the IAID number.
Click OK and open Online Status. If the connection is successful, the physical connection
will be shows as follows:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
59
Static IPv6
Choose Static IPv6. Type IPv6 address, Prefix Length and Gateway Address.
Click OK and open Online Status. If the connection is successful, the physical connection
will be shows as follows:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
60
6in4 Static Tunnel
Choose 6in4 Static Tunnel. Type remote endpoint IPv4 address, 6in4 IPv6 Address, LAN
Routed Prefix and Tunnel TTL.
Click OK and open Online Status. If the connection is successful, the physical connection
will be shows as follows:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
61
6rd
Choose 6rd. Type IPv4 Border Relay, IPv4 Mask Length, 6rd Prefix and 6rd Prefix Length.
Click OK and open Online Status. If the connection is successful, the physical connection
will be shows as follows:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
62
I
I
I
I
.
.
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
e
e
L
L
A
A
N
N
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
After finished the WAN settings for IPv6, please configure the LAN settings to make the
router’s client get the IPv6 address.
1. Access into the web user interface of Viogr2860. Open LAN>> General Setup. Click the
IPv6 tab.
2. In the field of Router Advertisement Server, the default setting is Enable. The client’s
PC will ask RADVD service for the Prefix of IPv6 address automatically, and generate an
Interface ID by itself to compose a full and unique IPv6 address.
3. In the field of DHCPv6 Server, when DHCPv6 service is enabled, you can assign available
IPv6 address for the client manually.
Info
When both mechanisms are enabled, the client can determine which
mechanism to be used (e.g., the default mechanism for Windows7 is
RADVD).
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
63
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
.
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
r
r
m
m
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
R
R
u
u
n
n
S
S
u
u
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
f
f
u
u
l
l
l
l
y
y
1. Make sure you have obtained the correct IPv6 IP address. Get into MS-DOS interface and
type the command of “ipconfig”. Refer to the following figure.
From the above figure we can see IPv6 IP address has been captured by the system.
2. Use the Ping command to ping any IPv6 address indicating an IPv6 website. For example,
www.kame.net is a website supporting IPv4 IP and IPv6 IP services. Its IPv6 address is
seen with a format of 2001:200:dff:fff1:216:3eff:feb1:44d7.
After getting the above message, it means the IPv6 service has been activated
successfully.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
64
3. Connect to the website for IPv6. Open a web browser and type an URL of IPv6, e.g.,
www.kame.net. If your computer accesses into the website by using IPv6 address, you
may see a turtle dancing on the screen. If not, only a steady turtle will be seen.
If you can see a turtle dancing on the screen, that means IPv6 service is ready for you to
access and utilize.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
65
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
L
L
A
A
N
N
Local Area Network (LAN) is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router. The design of
network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP.
The most generic function of Vigor device is NAT. It creates a private subnet of your own. As
mentioned previously, the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public
IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address. What NAT does is to
translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets
to the right host and vice versa. Besides, Vigor device has a built-in DHCP server that assigns
private IP address to each local host. See the following diagram for a briefly understanding.
In some special case, you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220.135.240.0/24.
This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is
equipped with a public IP address. As a part of the public subnet, the Vigor device will serve
for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or
servers outside. Therefore, the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
66
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
m
m
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
(
(
R
R
I
I
P
P
)
)
Vigor device will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to
accomplish IP routing. This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP
address and the routers will automatically inform for each other.
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
When you have several subnets in your LAN, sometimes a more effective and quicker way for
connection is the Static routes function rather than other method. You may simply set rules
to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence
of RIP.
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
a
a
r
r
e
e
V
V
i
i
r
r
t
t
u
u
a
a
l
l
L
L
A
A
N
N
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
R
R
a
a
t
t
e
e
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
l
l
You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 8 virtual LANs. To manage the
communication between different groups, please set up rules in Virtual LAN (VLAN) function
and the rate of each.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
6
7
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This page provides you the general settings for LAN. Click LAN to open the LAN settings page
and choose General Setup.
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
L
L
A
A
N
N
E
E
t
t
h
h
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
T
T
C
C
P
P
/
/
I
I
P
P
a
a
n
n
d
d
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
There are two configuration pages for LAN1, Ethernet TCP/IP and DHCP Setup (based on IPv4)
and IPv6 Setup. Click the tab for each type and refer to the following explanations for
detailed information.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
LAN IP Network
Configuration
For NAT Usage,
IP Address - Type in private IP address for connecting to a
local private network (Default: 192.168.1.1).
Subnet Mask - Type in an address code that determines the
size of the network. (Default: 255.255.255.0/ 24)
For IP Routing Usage, Click Enable to invoke this function.
The default setting is Disable.
2
nd
IP Address - Type in secondary IP address for connecting
to a subnet. (Default: 192.168.2.1/ 24)
2
nd
Subnet Mask - An address code that determines the size
of the network. (Default: 255.255.255.0/ 24)
2
nd
Subnet DHCP Server - You can configure the router to
serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
68
Start IP Address: Enter a value of the IP address pool for the
DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses. If the
2nd IP address of your router is 220.135.240.1, the starting IP
address must be 220.135.240.2 or greater, but smaller than
220.135.240.254.
IP Pool Counts: Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool.
The maximum is 10. For example, if you type 3 and the 2nd
IP address of your router is 220.135.240.1, the range of IP
address by the DHCP server will be from 220.135.240.2 to
220.135.240.11.
MAC Address: Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one
and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned, deleted
or edited IP address from above pool. Set a list of MAC
Address for 2
nd
DHCP server will help router to assign the
correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host.
So those hosts in 2
nd
subnet won’t get an IP address belonging
to 1
st
subnet.
DHCP Server
Configuration
DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. The
router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network
so it automatically dispatches related IP settings to any local
user configured as a DHCP client. It is highly recommended
that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do
not have a DHCP server for your network.
If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other
than the Vigor device’s, you can let Relay Agent help you to
redirect the DHCP request to the specified location.
Enable Server - Let the router assign IP address to every host
in the LAN.
Disable Server – Let you manually assign IP address to every
host in the LAN.
Relay Agent (1
st
subnet/2
nd
subnet) Specify which subnet
that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect
the DHCP request to.
DHCP Server IP Address – It is available when Enable
Relay Agent is checked. Set the IP address of the DHCP
server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help
to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server.
Start IP Address - Enter a value of the IP address pool for the
DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses. If the
1st IP address of your router is 192.168.1.1, the starting IP
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
6
9
address must be 192.168.1.2 or greater, but smaller than
192.168.1.254.
IP Pool Counts - Enter the maximum number of PCs that you
want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to. The default is
50 and the maximum is 253.
Gateway IP Address - Enter a value of the gateway IP
address for the DHCP server. The value is usually as same as
the 1st IP address of the router, which means the router is
the default gateway.
Lease Time - Enter the time to determine how long the IP
address assigned by DHCP server can be used.
Advanced - Configure DHCP client option. DHCP packets can
be processed by adding option number and data information
when such function is enabled.
Enable - Check the box to enable the function of DHCP
Option. Each DHCP option is composed by an option
number with data. For example,
Option number:100
Data: abcd
When such function is enabled, the specified values for
DHCP option will be seen in DHCP reply packets.
Option Number - Type a number for such option. If you
choose to configure option 61 here, the detailed settings
in WAN>>Interface Access will be overwritten.
DataType - Choose the type (ASCII, Hex., or IP address) for
the data to be stored.
Data - Type the real content of the data to be processed
by the function of DHCP option.
Add - Create a new entry and display on the Option List
table.
Update - Edit the existing entry.
Delete - Remove the existing entry.
DNS Server IP Address DNS stands for Domain Name System. Every Internet host
must have a unique IP address, also they may have a
human-friendly, easy to remember name such as
www.yahoo.com. The DNS server converts the user-friendly
name into its equivalent IP address.
Primary IP Address -You must specify a DNS server IP address
here because your ISP should provide you with usually more
than one DNS Server. If your ISP does not provide it, the
router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
7
0
address: 194.109.6.66 to this field.
Secondary IP Address - You can specify secondary DNS server
IP address here because your ISP often provides you more
than one DNS Server. If your ISP does not provide it, the
router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server
IP address: 194.98.0.1 to this field.
The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online
Status:
If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left
empty, the router will assign its own IP address to local users
as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache.
If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS
cache, the router will resolve the domain name immediately.
Otherwise, the router forwards the DNS query packet to the
external DNS server by establishing a WAN (e.g. DSL/Cable)
connection.
Force router to use address for DNS - Force Vigor router to
use DNS servers configured in LAN1 instead of DNS servers
given by the Internet Access server (PPPoE, PPTP, L2TP or
DHCP server).
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
L
L
A
A
N
N
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
There are two configuration pages for LAN, Ethernet TCP/IP and DHCP Setup (based on IPv4)
and IPv6 Setup. Click the tab for each type and refer to the following explanations for
detailed information. Below shows the settings page for IPv6.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
71
It provides 2 daemons for LAN side IPv6 address configuration. One is SLAAC(stateless) and
the other is DHCPv6 (Stateful) server.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Router Advertisement
Server
Enable – Click it to enable RADVD server. The router
advertisement daemon (radvd) sends Router Advertisement
messages, specified by RFC 2461, to a local Ethernet LAN
periodically and when requested by a node sending a Router
Solicitation message. These messages are required for IPv6
stateless auto-configuration.
Disable – Click it to disable RADVD server.
Advertisement Lifetime - The lifetime associated with the
default router in units of seconds. It's used to control the
lifetime of the prefix. The maximum value corresponds to
18.2 hours. A lifetime of 0 indicates that the router is not a
default router and should not appear on the default router
list.
DHCPv6 Server
Configuration
Enable Server –Click it to enable DHCPv6 server. DHCPv6
Server could assign IPv6 address to PC according to the
Start/End IPv6 address configuration.
Disable Server –Click it to disable DHCPv6 server.
Start IPv6 Address / End IPv6 Address –Type the start and
end address for IPv6 server.
DNS Server IPv6 Address Primary DNS Sever – Type the IPv6 address for Primary DNS
server.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
72
Secondary DNS Server –Type another IPv6 address for DNS
server if required.
Static IPv6 Address
configuration
IPv6 Address –Type static IPv6 address for LAN.
Prefix Length – Type the fixed value for prefix length.
Add – Click it to add a new entry.
Delete – Click it to remove an existed entry.
Current IPv6 Address
Table
Display current used IPv6 addresses.
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
73
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
B
B
i
i
n
n
d
d
I
I
P
P
t
t
o
o
M
M
A
A
C
C
This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in
network. When this function is enabled, all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together
cannot be changed. If you modified the binding IP or MAC address, it might cause you not
access into the Internet.
Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function. However,
IP/MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to
Internet.
Disable Click this radio button to disable this function. All the
settings on this page will be invalid.
Strict Bind Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP/MAC
which is not listed in IP Bind List.
ARP Table This table is the LAN ARP table of this router. The
information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field.
Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be
selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below.
Select All Click this link to select all the items in the ARP table.
Sort Reorder the table based on the IP address.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
7
4
Refresh Refresh the ARP table listed below to obtain the newest ARP
table information.
Add or Update
IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the
specified MAC address.
Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind
with the assigned IP address.
Comment Type a brief description for the entry.
Show Comment Check this box to display the comment on
IP Bind List box.
IP Bind List It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information.
Add It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or
the IP/MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP
Bind List.
Update It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and
MAC address that you create before.
Delete You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List. Simply click
and select the one, and click Delete. The selected item will
be removed from the IP Bind List.
Backup Store the configuration for Bind IP to MAC as a file.
Restore Restore the previously stored configuration file and apply to
such page.
Info
Before you select Strict Bind, you have to bind one set of IP/MAC address for
one PC. If not, no one of the PCs can access into Internet. And the web user
interface of the router might not be accessed.
When you finish the configuration, click OK to save the settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
75
I
I
I
I
-
-
3
3
N
N
A
A
T
T
Usually, the router serves as an NAT (Network Address Translation) router. NAT is a
mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one.
Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP, for which you may get charged. Private IP
addresses are recognized only among internal hosts.
When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT
router, the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router,
select the available public port, and then forward it. At the same time, the router shall list an
entry in a table to memorize this address/port-mapping relationship. When the public server
response, the incoming traffic, of course, is destined to the router’s public IP address and the
router will do the inversion based on its table. Therefore, the internal host can communicate
with external host smoothly.
The benefit of the NAT includes:
Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address. NAT
allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address,
thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts.
Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address. There are
many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address. Since the attacker cannot be
aware of any private IP addresses, the NAT function can protect the internal network.
Info
On NAT page, you will see the private IP address defined in RFC-1918.
Usually we use the 192.168.1.0/24 subnet for the router. As stated before,
the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and/or service ports into
different specified services. In other words, the NAT function can be
achieved by using port mapping methods.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
76
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
3
3
-
-
1
1
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
R
R
e
e
d
d
i
i
r
r
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network (LAN),
such as web servers, FTP servers, E-mail servers etc. Most of the case, you need a public IP
address for each server and this public IP address/domain name are recognized by all users.
Since the server is actually located inside the LAN, the network well protected by NAT of the
router, and identified by its private IP address/port, the goal of Port Redirection function is
to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping
private IP address/port of the server.
The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic.
To use this function, please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page. The Port
Redirection Table provides 20 port-mapping entries for the internal hosts.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
7
7
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Display the number of the profile.
Service Name Display the description of the specific network service.
WAN Interface Display the WAN IP address used by the profile.
Protocol Display the transport layer protocol (TCP or UDP).
Public Port Display the port number which will be redirected to the
specified Private IP and Port of the internal host.
Private IP Display the IP address of the internal host providing the
service.
Status Display if the profile is enabled (v) or not (x).
Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check this box to enable such port redirection setting.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
78
Mode Two options (Single and Range) are provided here for you to
choose. To set a range for the specific service, select Range.
In Range mode, if the public port (start port and end port)
and the starting IP of private IP had been entered, the
system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP
automatically.
Service Name Enter the description of the specific network service.
Protocol Select the transport layer protocol (TCP or UDP).
WAN IP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection. There are eight
WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port
redirection. The default setting is All which means all the
incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified
range of IP address and port.
Public Port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private
IP and Port of the internal host. If you choose Range as the
port redirection mode, you will see two boxes on this field.
Type the required number on the first box (as the starting
port) and the second box (as the ending port).
Private IP Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing
the service. If you choose Range as the port redirection
mode, you will see two boxes on this field. Type a complete
IP address in the first box (as the starting point). The second
one will be assigned automatically later.
Private Port Specify the private port number of the service offered by the
internal host.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Note that the router has its own built-in services (servers) such as Telnet, HTTP and FTP etc.
Since the common port numbers of these services (servers) are all the same, you may need to
reset the router in order to avoid confliction.
For example, the built-in web user interface in the router is with default port 80, which may
conflict with the web server in the local network, http://192.168.1.13:80. Therefore, you
need to change the router’s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid
conflict, such as 8080. This can be set in the System Maintenance >>Management Setup. You
then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080, e.g.,
http://192.168.1.1:8080 instead of port 80.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
7
9
I
I
I
I
-
-
3
3
-
-
2
2
D
D
M
M
Z
Z
H
H
o
o
s
s
t
t
As mentioned above, Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP/UDP or other traffic on
particular ports to the specific private IP address/port of host in the LAN. However, other IP
protocols, for example Protocols 50 (ESP) and 51 (AH), do not travel on a fixed port. Vigor
device provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single
host in the LAN. Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will
continue to work without inappropriate interruption. DMZ Host allows a defined internal user
to be totally exposed to the Internet, which usually helps some special applications such as
Netmeeting or Internet Games etc.
The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host. We suggest
you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall.
Click DMZ Host to open the following page. You can set different DMZ host for each WAN
interface. Click the WAN tab to switch into the configuration page for that WAN.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
8
0
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Choose Private IP or Active True IP first.
Active True IP selection is available for WAN1 only.
Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host, or click Choose
PC to select one.
Choose IP Click this button and then a window will automatically pop
up, as depicted below. The window consists of a list of private
IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network. Select one
private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host.
When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog,
the IP address will be shown on the following screen. Click OK
to save the setting.
DMZ Host for WAN2 is slightly different with WAN1. Active True IP selection is available for
WAN1 only. See the following figure.
If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN2
interface, you will find them in Aux. WAN IP for your selection.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
81
I
I
I
I
-
-
3
3
-
-
3
3
O
O
p
p
e
e
n
n
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
s
s
Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications.
Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application (e.g., BT, KaZaA, Gnutella,
WinMX, eMule and others), Internet Camera etc. Ensure that you keep the application
involved up-to-date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits.
Click Open Ports to open the following page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you
want to offer service in a local host. You should click the
appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding
entry.
Comment Specify the name for the defined network service.
Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the
service.
Status Display the state for the corresponding entry. X or V is to
represent the Inactive or Active state.
To add or edit port settings, click one index number on the page. The index entry setup page
will pop up. In each index entry, you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
82
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry.
Comment Make a name for the defined network application/service.
Private IP Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose
PC to select one.
Choose IP - Click this button and, subsequently, a window
having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will
automatically pop up. Select the appropriate IP address of
the local host in the list.
Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol. It could be TCP, UDP,
or ----- (none) for selection.
Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by
the local host.
End Port Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the
local host.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
83
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via
your ISP. It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you
access the Internet. The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic
WAN IP address. It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the
specified Dynamic DNS server. Once the router is online, you will be able to use the registered
domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet. It is
particularly helpful if you host a web server, FTP server, or other server behind the router.
Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature, you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS
service providers. The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service
providers. Basically, Vigor devices are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most
popular DDNS service providers such as www.dyndns.org, www.no-ip.com, www.dtdns.com,
www.changeip.com, www.dynamic- nameserver.com. You should visit their websites to
register your own domain name for the router.
S
S
c
c
h
h
e
e
d
d
u
u
l
l
e
e
The Vigor device has a built-in clock which can update itself manually or automatically by
means of Network Time Protocols (NTP). As a result, you can not only schedule the router to
dialup to the Internet at a specified time, but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so
that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours, say, business hours. The
schedule is also applicable to other functions.
U
U
P
P
n
n
P
P
The UPnP (Universal Plug and Play) protocol is supported to bring to network connected
devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly
connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows 'Plug and Play' system. For NAT routers,
the major feature of UPnP on the router is “NAT Traversal”. This enables applications inside
the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
8
4
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
1
1
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
E
E
n
n
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
t
t
h
h
e
e
F
F
u
u
n
n
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
a
a
n
n
d
d
A
A
d
d
d
d
a
a
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
1. Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider, say
hostname.dyndns.org, and an account with username: test and password: test.
2. Open Applications>>Dynamic DNS.
3. In the DDNS setup menu, check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Dynamic DNS
Setup
Check this box to enable DDNS function.
Set to Factory
Default
Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings.
View Log Display DDNS log status.
Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server.
Auto-Update
interval
Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS
service.
Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page
of DDNS setup to set account(s).
Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of
DDNS setup.
Active Display if this account is active or inactive.
4. Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router. Check Enable Dynamic DNS
Account, and choose correct Service Provider: dyndns.org, type the registered
hostname: hostname and domain name suffix: dyndns.org in the Domain Name block.
The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name: test and Password:
test.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
85
If Customized is specified as the service provider, the web page will be changed slightly
as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Dynamic DNS
Account
Check this box to enable the current account. If you did
check the box, you will see a check mark appeared on the
Active column of the previous web page in step 3).
Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account.
Service Type Select a service type (Dynamic, Custom or Static). If you
choose Custom, you can modify the domain that is chosen in
the Domain Name field.
Note that such option is not available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
Domain Name Type in one domain name that you applied previously. Use
the drop down list to choose the desired domain.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
86
Note that such option is not available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
Provider Host Type the IP address or the domain name of the host which
provides related service.
Note that such option is available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
Service API Type the API information obtained from DDNS server.
Note that such option is available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
(e.g:
/dynamic/dns/update.asp?u=jo***&p=jo********&hostname=j*
***.changeip.org&ip=###IP### &cmd=update&offline=0)
Auth Type Two types can be used for authentication.
Basic – Username and password defined later can be shown
from the packets captured.
URL - Username and password defined later can be shown in
URL.
(e.g., http://ns1.vigorddns.com/ddns.php?username=xxxx&
password=xxxx&domain=xxxx.vigorddns.com)
Note that such option is available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
Connection Type There are two connection types (HTTP and HTTPs) to be
specified. Note that such option is available when
Customized is selected as Service Provider.
Server Response Type any text that you want to receive from the DDNS
server.
Note that such option is available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain.
Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain.
Wildcard and
Backup MX
The Wildcard and Backup MX (Mail Exchange) features are
not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers. You could get
more detailed information from their websites.
Mail Extender If the mail server is defined with another name, please type
the name in this area. Such mail server will be used as
backup mail exchange.
Determine Real
WAN IP
If a Vigor device is installed behind any NAT router, you can
enable such function to locate the real WAN IP.
When the WAN IP used by Vigor device is private IP, this
function can detect the public IP used by the NAT router and
use the detected IP address for DDNS update.
There are two methods offered for you to choose:
WAN IP - If it is selected and the WAN IP of Vigor device
is private, DDNS update will take place right away.
Internet IP – If it is selected and the WAN IP of Vigor
device is private, it will be converted to public IP
before DDNS update takes place.
5. Click OK button to activate the settings. You will see your setting has been saved.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
8
7
D
D
i
i
s
s
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
t
t
h
h
e
e
F
F
u
u
n
n
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
a
a
n
n
d
d
C
C
l
l
e
e
a
a
r
r
a
a
l
l
l
l
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
s
s
Uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup, and click Clear All button to disable the function and
clear all accounts from the router.
D
D
e
e
l
l
e
e
t
t
e
e
a
a
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
Click the Index number you want to delete and then click Clear All button to delete the
account.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
88
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
2
2
S
S
c
c
h
h
e
e
d
d
u
u
l
l
e
e
The Vigor device has a built-in clock which can update itself manually or automatically by
means of Network Time Protocols (NTP). As a result, you can not only schedule the router to
dialup to the Internet at a specified time, but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so
that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours, say, business hours. The
schedule is also applicable to other functions.
You have to set your time before set schedule. In System Maintenance>> Time and Date
menu, press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor device’s clock to current time of your PC.
The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router. There is another way to set
up time. You can inquiry an NTP server (a time server) on the Internet to synchronize the
router’s clock. This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings.
Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page
of schedule.
Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive.
You can set up to 15 schedules. Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and
Remote Access >> LAN-to-LAN settings.
To add a schedule:
1. Click any index, say Index No. 1.
2. The detailed settings of the call schedule with index 1 are shown below.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
8
9
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Schedule
Setup
Check to enable the schedule.
Start Date
(yyyy-mm-dd)
Specify the starting date of the schedule.
Start Time (hh:mm) Specify the starting time of the schedule.
Duration Time
(hh:mm)
Specify the duration (or period) for the schedule.
Action Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the
period of the schedule.
Force On -Force the connection to be always on.
Force Down -Force the connection to be always down.
Enable Dial-On-Demand -Specify the connection to be
dial-on-demand and the value of idle timeout should be
specified in Idle Timeout field.
Disable Dial-On-Demand -Specify the connection to be up
when it has traffic on the line. Once there is no traffic over
idle timeout, the connection will be down and never up again
during the schedule.
Idle Timeout Specify the duration (or period) for the schedule.
How often -Specify how often the schedule will be applied
Once -The schedule will be applied just once
Weekdays -Specify which days in one week should perform
the schedule.
3. Click OK button to save the settings.
Example
Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on (Force On)
from 9:00 to 18:00 for whole week. Other time the Internet access connection should be
disconnected (Force Down).
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
9
0
Office
Hour:
(Force On)
Mon - Sun 9:00 am to 6:00 pm
1. Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly.
2. Configure the PPPoE always on from 9:00 to 18:00 for whole week.
3. Configure the Force Down from 18:00 to next day 9:00 for whole week.
4. Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile. Now, the PPPoE Internet
connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action
according to the time plan that has been pre-defined in the schedule profiles.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
91
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
3
3
U
U
P
P
n
n
P
P
The UPnP (Universal Plug and Play) protocol is supported to bring to network connected
devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly
connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows 'Plug and Play' system. For NAT routers,
the major feature of UPnP on the router is “NAT Traversal”. This enables applications inside
the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router.
Info
UPnP is required for some applications such as PPS, Skype, eMule...and etc.
If you are not familiar with UPnP, it is suggested to turn off this function for
security.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable UPNP Service Accordingly, you can enable either the Connection Control
Service or Connection Status Service.
Default WAN It is used to specify the WAN interface for applying such
function.
The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP:
Can't work with Firewall Software
Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly.
This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports.
Security Considerations
Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats. You should
consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function.
Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you
need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches.
Non-privileged users can control some router functions, including removing and adding
port mappings.
The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP-aware
applications. When the applications terminate abnormally, these mappings may not be
removed.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
92
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
4
I
I
G
G
M
M
P
P
IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol. It is a communication
protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast
groups.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function. The application of
multicast will be executed through WAN/LTE/PVC/VLAN
port. In addition, such function is available in NAT mode.
Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status.
Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group. The
available range for IGMP starts from 224.0.0.0 to
239.255.255.254.
P1 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
93
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
Info
For more detailed information about using policy route, refer to Support
>>FAQ/Application Notes on www.draytek.com.
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
1
1
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
Go to LAN >> Static Route. The router offers IPv4 and IPv6 for you to configure the static
route. Both protocols bring different web pages.
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index The number (1 to 30) under Index allows you to open next
page to set up static route.
Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route.
Status Displays the status of the static route.
Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default
settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
9
4
Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference.
A
A
d
d
d
d
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
s
s
t
t
o
o
P
P
r
r
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
d
d
P
P
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
s
s
Here is an example (based on IPv4) of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B
locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router. Assuming the Internet
access has been configured and the router works properly:
use the Main Router to surf the Internet.
create a private subnet 192.168.10.0 using an internal Router A (192.168.1.2)
create a public subnet 211.100.88.0 via an internal Router B (192.168.1.3).
have set Main Router 192.168.1.1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192.168.1.2.
Before setting Static Route, user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward
recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router.
1. Go to LAN page and click General Setup, select 1st Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control.
Then click the OK button.
Info
There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on
1st Subnet. The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP
packets with the neighboring routers via the 1st subnet
(192.168.1.0/24). The second is that those hosts on the internal
private subnets (ex. 192.168.10.0/24) can access the Internet via the
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
95
router, and continuously exchange of IP routing information with
different subnets.
2. Click the LAN >> Static Route and click on the Index Number 1. Check the Enable box.
Please add a static route as shown below, which regulates all packets destined to
192.168.10.0 will be forwarded to 192.168.1.2. Click OK.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Click it to enable this profile.
Destination IP
Address
Type an IP address as the destination of such static route.
Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask for such static route.
Network Interface Use the drop down list to specify an interface for such
static route.
3. Return to Static Route Setup page. Click on another Index Number to add another
static route as show below, which regulates all packets destined to 211.100.88.0 will be
forwarded to 192.168.1.3. Click OK.
4. Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
96
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
You can set up to 40 profiles for IPv6 static route. Click the IPv6 tab to open the following
page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index The number (1 to 40) under Index allows you to open next
page to set up static route.
Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route.
Status Displays the status of the static route.
Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default
settings.
Viewing IPv6 Routing
Table
Displays the routing table for your reference.
Click any underline of index number to get the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Click it to enable this profile.
Destination IPv6 Address /
Prefix Len
Type the IP address with the prefix length for this entry.
Gateway IPv6 Address Type the gateway address for this entry.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
9
7
Network Interface Use the drop down list to specify an interface for this static
route.
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
98
This page is left blank.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
9
9
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
S
S
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
While the broadband users demand more bandwidth
for multimedia, interactive applications, or distance
learning, security has been always the most
concerned. The firewall of the Vigor device helps to
protect your local network against attack from
unauthorized outsiders. It also restricts users in the
local network from accessing the Internet.
CSM is an abbreviation of Central Security Management
which is used to filter URL content to reach a goal of
security management.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
100
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
F
F
i
i
r
r
e
e
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia, interactive applications,
or distance learning, security has been always the most concerned. The firewall of the Vigor
device helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders. It also
restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet. Furthermore, it can filter out
specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection.
F
F
i
i
r
r
e
e
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
F
F
a
a
c
c
i
i
l
l
i
i
t
t
i
i
e
e
s
s
The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities:
User-configurable IP filter (Call Filter/ Data Filter).
Stateful Packet Inspection (SPI): tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data
Selectable Denial of Service (DoS) /Distributed DoS (DDoS) attacks protection
I
I
P
P
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
s
s
Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection, or in other words “the WAN
link status is up or down”, the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two: Call Filter
and Data Filter.
Call Filter - When there is no existing Internet connection, Call Filter is applied to all
traffic, all of which should be outgoing. It will check packets according to the filter rules.
If legal, the packet will pass. Then the router shall “initiate a call” to build the Internet
connection and send the packet to Internet.
Data Filter - When there is an existing Internet connection, Data Filter is applied to
incoming and outgoing traffic. It will check packets according to the filter rules. If legal,
the packet will pass the router.
The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic
and outgoing traffic respectively.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
101
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
f
f
u
u
l
l
P
P
a
a
c
c
k
k
e
e
t
t
I
I
n
n
s
s
p
p
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
(
(
S
S
P
P
I
I
)
)
Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer. Unlike legacy
static packet filtering, which examines a packet based on the information in its header,
stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all
interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid. The stateful firewall of Vigor device
not only examines the header information also monitors the state of the connection.
D
D
e
e
n
n
i
i
a
a
l
l
o
o
f
f
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
(
(
D
D
o
o
S
S
)
)
D
D
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack. The attacks
are usually categorized into two types, the flooding-type attacks and the vulnerability attacks.
The flooding-type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system's resource while the
vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the
protocol or operation system.
The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor device to inspect every incoming packet based on
the attack signature database. Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze
the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning,
if you set up Syslog server.
Also the Vigor device monitors the traffic. Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre-defined
parameter, such as the number of thresholds, is identified as an attack and the Vigor device
will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real-time manner.
The below shows the attack types that DoS/DDoS defense function can detect:
1. SYN flood attack
2. UDP flood attack
3. ICMP flood attack
4. Port Scan attack
5. IP options
6. Land attack
7. Smurf attack
8. Trace route
9. SYN fragment
10. Fraggle attack
11. TCP flag scan
12. Tear drop attack
13. Ping of Death attack
14. ICMP fragment
15. Unassigned Numbers
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
102
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
Below shows the menu items for Firewall.
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options. Here you can
enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter. Under some circumstance, your filter set can
be linked to work in a serial manner. So here you assign the Start Filter Set only. Also you can
configure to Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets.
Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page.
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
Such page allows you to enable / disable Call Filter and Data Filter, determine general rule
for filtering the incoming and outgoing data.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function. Assign a
start filter set for the Call Filter.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
103
Data Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function. Assign a
start filter set for the Data Filter.
Accept large incoming… Some on-line games (for example: Half Life) will use lots of
fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data. Instinctively
as a secure firewall, Vigor device will reject these
fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable
Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets”.
By checking this box, you can play these kinds of on-line
games. If security concern is in higher priority, you cannot
enable “Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP
Packets”.
Enable Strict Security
Firewall
For the sake of security, the router will execute strict
security checking for data transmission.
Such feature is enabled in default. All the packets, while
transmitting through Vigor device, will be filtered by
firewall. If the firewall system (e.g., content filter server)
does not make any response (pass or block) for these
packets, then the router’s firewall will block the packets
directly.
Block routing packet from
WAN
Usually, IPv6 network sessions/traffic from WAN to LAN will
be accepted by IPv6 firewall in default.
IPv6 - To prevent remote client accessing into the PCs on
LAN, check the box to make the packets (routed from WAN to
LAN) via IPv6 being blocked by such router. It is effective
only for the packets routed but not for packets translated by
NAT.
IPv4 - To prevent remote client accessing into the PCs on
LAN, check the box to make the incoming packets via IPv4
being blocked by such router. It is effective only for the
packets routed but not for packets translated by NAT.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
104
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
D
D
e
e
f
f
a
a
u
u
l
l
t
t
R
R
u
u
l
l
e
e
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
Such page allows you to choose filtering profiles including QoS, Load-Balance policy, WCF,
APP Enforcement, URL Content Filter, for data transmission via Vigor device.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Filter Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with
the filter rules.
Sessions Control The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets
that do not match the filter rule configured in this page. The
default setting is 10000.
URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>> URL Content Filter) for applying with this
router. Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM>>
URL Content Filter web page first. Or choose [Create New]
from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile.
For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to record
information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box.
It will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to section
Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window. However, it is
strongly recommended to use the default settings here.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
105
Codepage - This function is used to compare the characters
among different languages. Choose correct codepage can
help the system obtain correct ASCII after decoding data
from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter.
The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I. If you
do not choose any codepage, no decoding job of URL will be
processed. Please use the drop-down list to choose a
codepage.
If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage,
please open Syslog. From Codepage Information of Setup
dialog, you will see the recommended codepage listed on the
dialog box.
Window size – It determines the size of TCP protocol
(0~65535). The more the value is, the better the
performance will be. However, if the network is not stable,
small value will be proper.
Session timeout – Setting timeout for sessions can make the
best utilization of network resources.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
106
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page.
To edit or add a filter, click on the set number to edit the individual set. The following page
will be shown. Each filter set contains up to 7 rules. Click on the rule number button to edit
each rule. Check Active to enable the rule.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Filter Rule Click a button numbered (1 ~ 7) to edit the filter rule. Click
the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page. For the
detailed information, refer to the following page.
Active Enable or disable the filter rule.
Comment Enter filter set comments/description. Maximum length is
23–character long.
Move Up/Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules.
Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the
current filter run. Do not make a loop with many filter sets.
To edit Filter Rule, click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
10
7
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Check to enable the Filter
Rule
Check this box to enable the filter rule.
Comments Enter filter set comments/description. Maximum length is 14-
character long.
Index(1-15) Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only. You
may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules
pre-defined in Applications >> Schedule setup. The default
setting of this field is blank and the function will always
work.
Clear sessions when
schedule ON
Check this box to clear the sessions when the above schedule
profiles are applied.
Direction Set the direction of packet flow. It is for Data Filter only. For
the Call Filter, this setting is not available since Call Filter is
only applied to outgoing traffic.
Note: RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet or other LAN.
Source/Destination IP Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the
source/destination IP or IP ranges.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
108
To set the IP address manually, please choose Any
Address/Single Address/Range Address/Subnet Address as
the Address Type and type them in this dialog. In addition, if
you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects,
please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type.
From the IP Group drop down list, choose the one that you
want to apply. Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose
the object that you want.
Service Type Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a
suitable service type.
To set the service type manually, please choose User
defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog. In
addition, if you want to use the service type from defined
groups or objects, please choose Group and Objects as the
Service Type.
Protocol - Specify the protocol(s) which this filter rule will
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
10
9
apply to.
Source/Destination Port –
(=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
one port; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates a range for the port and available for this service
type.
(!=) – when the first and last value are the same,
it
indicates all the ports except the port defined
here; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are
available for this service type.
(>) the port number greater than this value is available.
(<) the port number less than this value is available for this
profile.
Service Group/Object - Use the drop down list to choose the
one that you want.
Fragments Specify the action for fragmented packets. And it is used for
Data Filter only.
Don’t care -No action will be taken towards fragmented
packets.
Unfragmented -Apply the rule to unfragmented packets.
Fragmented - Apply the rule to fragmented packets.
Too Short - Apply the rule only to packets that are too short
to contain a complete header.
Filter Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the
rule.
Block Immediately - Packets matching the rule will be
dropped immediately.
Pass Immediately - Packets matching the rule will be passed
immediately.
Block If No Further Match - A packet matching the rule, and
that does not match further rules, will be dropped.
Pass If No Further Match - A packet matching the rule, and
that does not match further rules, will be passed through.
Branch to other Filter Set
If the packet matches the filter rule, the next filter rule will
branch to the specified filter set. Select next filter rule to
branch from the drop-down menu. Be aware that the router
will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return
to previous filter rule any more.
Sessions Control The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets
that do not match the filter rule configured in this page. The
default setting is 10000.
MAC Bind IP
Strict Make the MAC address and IP address settings
configured in IP Object for Source IP and Destination IP are
bound for applying such filter rule.
No-Strict - no limitation.
URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>> URL Content Filter) for applying with this
router. Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM>>
URL Content Filter web page first. Or choose [Create New]
from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile.
For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to record
information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
110
It will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to section
Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window. However, it is
strongly recommended to use the default settings here.
Codepage - This function is used to compare the characters
among different languages. Choose correct codepage can
help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data
from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter.
The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I. If you
do not choose any codepage, no decoding job of URL will be
processed. Please use the drop-down list to choose a
codepage.
If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage,
please open Syslog. From Codepage Information of Setup
dialog, you will see the recommended codepage listed on the
dialog box.
Window size – It determines the size of TCP protocol
(0~65535). The more the value is, the better the
performance will be. However, if the network is not stable,
small value will be proper.
Session timeout–Setting timeout for sessions can make the
best utilization of network resources. However, Queue
timeout is configured for TCP protocol only; session timeout
is configured for the data flow which matched with the
firewall rule.
DrayTek Banner – Please uncheck this box and the following
screen will not be shown for the unreachable web page. The
default setting is Enabled.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
111
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
112
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
D
D
o
o
S
S
D
D
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
As a sub-functionality of IP Filter/Firewall, there are 15 types of detect/ defense function in
the DoS Defense setup. The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default.
Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Dos Defense Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality.
Select All Click this button to select all the items listed below.
Enable SYN flood defense Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function.
Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from
the Internet has exceeded the defined value, the Vigor
device will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP
SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout. The goal for
this is prevent the TCP SYN packets’ attempt to exhaust the
limited-resource of Vigor device.
By default, the threshold and timeout values are set to
2000 packets per second and 10 seconds, respectively. That
means, when 2000 packets per second received, they will
be regarded as “attack event” and the session will be
paused for 10 seconds.
Enable UDP flood defense
Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function.
Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the
Internet has exceeded the defined value, the Vigor device
will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets
for a period defined in Timeout.
The default setting for threshold and timeout are 2000
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
113
packets per second and 10 seconds, respectively. That
means, when 2000 packets per second received, they will
be regarded as “attack event” and the session will be
paused for 10 seconds.
Enable ICMP flood defense
Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function.
Similar to the UDP flood defense function, once if the
Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the
defined value, the router will discard the ICMP echo
requests coming from the Internet.
The default setting for threshold and timeout are 250
packets per second and 10 seconds, respectively. That
means, when 250 packets per second received, they will be
regarded as “attack event” and the session will be paused
for 10 seconds.
Enable PortScan detection
Port Scan attacks the Vigor device by sending lots of
packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant
services would respond. Check the box to activate the Port
Scan detection. Whenever detecting this malicious
exploration behavior by monitoring the port-scanning
Threshold rate, the Vigor device will send out a warning.
By default, the Vigor device sets the threshold as 2000
packets per second. That means, when 2000 packets per
second received, they will be regarded as “attack event”.
Block IP options Check the box to activate the Block IP options function.
The Vigor device will ignore any IP packets with IP option
field in the datagram header. The reason for limitation is IP
option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the
LAN because it will carry significant information, such as
security, TCC (closed user group) parameters, a series of
Internet addresses, routing messages...etc. An
eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your
private networks.
Block Land Check the box to enforce the Vigor device to defense the
Land attacks. The Land attack combines the SYN attack
technology with IP spoofing. A Land attack occurs when an
attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical
source and destination addresses, as well as the port
number to victims.
Block Smurf Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function. The
Vigor device will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo
request.
Block trace route Check the box to enforce the Vigor device not to forward
any trace route packets.
Block SYN fragment Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function.
The Vigor device will drop any packets having SYN flag and
more fragment bit set.
Block Fraggle Attack Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function.
Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is
blocked.
Activating the DoS/DDoS defense functionality might block
some legal packets. For example, when you activate the
fraggle attack defense, all broadcast UDP packets coming
from the Internet are blocked. Therefore, the RIP packets
from the Internet might be dropped.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
114
Block TCP flag scan Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function.
Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped. Those
scanning activities include no flag scan, FIN without ACK
scan, SYN FINscan, Xmas scan and full Xmas scan.
Block Tear Drop Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function.
Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams
(packets) that exceed the maximum length. To avoid this
type of attack, the Vigor device is designed to be capable of
discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length
greater than 1024 octets.
Block Ping of Death Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function.
This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping
packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will
hang once they re-construct the packets. The Vigor devices
will block any packets realizing this attacking activity.
Block ICMP Fragment
Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment
function. Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are
dropped.
Block Unassigned Numbers
Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol
function. Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the
datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over
the upper layer. However, the protocol types greater than
100 are reserved and undefined at this time. Therefore, the
router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of
packets.
Warning Messages We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message
from Vigor device. The user, as a Syslog Server, shall
receive the report sending from Vigor device which is a
Syslog Client.
All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be
sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon.
Look for the keyword DoS in the message, followed by a
name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
115
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
116
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
e
e
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
a
a
i
i
n
n
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
s
s
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
o
o
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
We can specify certain computers (e.g., 192.168.1.10 ~ 192.168.1.20) accessing to Internet
through Vigor device. Others (e.g., 192.168.1.31 and 192.168.1.32) outside the range can get
the source from LAN only.
The way we can use is to set two rules under Firewall. For Rule 1 of Set 2 under
Firewall>>Filter Setup is used as the default setting, we have to create a new rule starting
from Filter Rule 2 of Set 2.
1. Access into the web user interface of Vigor device.
2. Open Firewall>>Filter Setup. Click the Set 2 link and choose the Filter Rule 2 button.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
11
7
3. Check the box of Check to enable the Filter Rule. Type the comments (e.g., block_all).
Choose Block If No Further Match for the Filter setting. Then, click OK.
Info
In default, the router will check the packets starting with Set 2, Filter Rule
2 to Filter Rule 7. If Block If No Further Match for is selected for Filter, the
firewall of the router would check the packets with the rules starting from
Rule 3 to Rule 7. The packets not matching with the rules will be processed
according to Rule 2.
4. Next, set another rule. Just open Firewall>>Filter Setup. Click the Set 2 link and
choose the Filter Rule 3 button.
5. Check the box of Check to enable the Filter Rule. Type the comments (e.g., open_ip).
Click the Edit button for Source IP.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
118
6. A dialog box will be popped up. Choose Range Address as Address Type by using the
drop down list. Type 192.168.1.10 in the field of Start IP, and type 192.168.1.20 in the
field of End IP. Then, click OK to save the settings. The computers within the range can
access into the Internet.
7. Now, check the content of Source IP is correct or not. The action for Filter shall be set
with Pass Immediately. Then, click OK to save the settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
11
9
8. Both filter rules have been created. Click OK.
Now, all the settings are configured well. Only the computers with the IP addresses within
192.168.1.10 ~ 192.168.1.20 can access to Internet.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
120
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
C
C
e
e
n
n
t
t
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
(
(
C
C
S
S
M
M
)
)
CSM is an abbreviation of Central Security Management which is used to filter the URL
content to reach a goal of security management.
U
U
R
R
L
L
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users, Vigor device equips with URL Content Filter
not only to limit illegal traffic from/to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web
feature where malicious code may conceal.
Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords, URL keyword blocking
facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user’s access to the
website. You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well-trained convenience-store clerk who
won’t sell adult magazines to teenagers. At office, URL Content Filter can also provide a
job-related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency. How can URL
Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering? Because it checks
the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy
firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP/IP headers only.
On the other hand, Vigor device can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious
codes from web pages. It’s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable
objects, such as ActiveX, Java Applet, compressed files, and other executable files. Once
downloading these types of files from websites, you may risk bringing threat to your system.
For example, an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature. If
malicious code hides inside, it may occupy user’s system.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
121
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
U
U
R
R
L
L
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users, Vigor device equips with URL Content Filter
not only to limit illegal traffic from/to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web
feature where malicious code may conceal.
Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords, URL keyword blocking
facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user’s access to the
website. You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well-trained convenience-store clerk who
won’t sell adult magazines to teenagers. At office, URL Content Filter can also provide a
job-related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency. How can URL
Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering? Because it checks
the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy
firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP/IP headers only.
On the other hand, Vigor device can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious
codes from web pages. It’s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable
objects, such as ActiveX, Java Applet, compressed files, and other executable files. Once
downloading these types of files from websites, you may risk bringing threat to your system.
For example, an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature. If
malicious code hides inside, it may occupy user’s system.
For example, if you add key words such as “sex”, Vigor device will limit web access to web
sites or web pages such as “www.sex.com”, ”www.backdoor.net/images/sex/p_386.html”.
Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as “www.sex.com” or “sex.com”.
Also the Vigor device will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code.
Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to
set different policy.
Name Display the name of the URL Content Filter Profile.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
122
Administration Message You can type the message manually for your necessity.
Default Message - You can type the message manually for your
necessity or click this button to get the default message which
will be displayed on the field of Administration Message.
You can set eight profiles as URL content filter. Simply click the index number under Profile
to open the following web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile. The maximum length of the
name you can set is 15 characters.
Priority It determines the action that this router will apply.
Both: Pass – The router will let all the packages that match
with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web
Feature below passing through. When you choose this
setting, both configuration set in this page for URL Access
Control and Web Feature will be inactive.
Both: Block –The router will block all the packages that
match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control
and Web Feature below. When you choose this setting, both
configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web
Feature will be inactive.
Either: URL Access Control First – When all the packages
matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control
and Web Feature below, such function can determine the
priority for the actions executed. For this one, the router
will process the packages with the conditions set below for
URL first, then Web feature second.
Either: Web Feature First –When all the packages matching
with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web
Feature below, such function can determine the priority for
the actions executed. For this one, the router will process
the packages with the conditions set below for web feature
first, then URL second.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
123
Log None – There is no log file will be recorded for this profile.
Pass – Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog.
Block – Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog.
All – All the actions (Pass and Block) will be recorded in
Syslog.
URL Access Control Enable URL Access Control - Check the box to activate URL
Access Control. Note that the priority for URL Access
Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature. If the web
content match the setting set in URL Access Control, the
router will execute the action specified in this field and
ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature.
Prevent web access from IP address - Check the box to deny
any web surfing activity using IP address, such as
http://202.6.3.2. The reason for this is to prevent someone
dodges the URL Access Control. You must clear your browser
cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates
properly on a web page that you visited before.
Action – This setting is available only when Either : URL
Access Control First or Either : Web Feature First is
selected.
Pass - Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the keywords listed on the box below.
Block - Restrict accessing into the corresponding
webpage with the keywords listed on the box below.
If the web pages do not match with the keyword set
here, it will be processed with reverse action.
Exception List – Specify the object profile(s) as the
exception list which will be processed in an opposite manner
to the action selected above.
Group/Object Selections – The Vigor device provides several
frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports
multiple keywords. The keyword could be a noun, a partial
noun, or a complete URL string. Multiple keywords within a
frame are separated by space, comma, or semicolon. In
addition, the maximal length of each frame is 32-character
long. After specifying keywords, the Vigor device will decline
the connection request to the website whose URL string
matched to any user-defined keyword. It should be noticed
that the more simplified the blocking keyword list is, the
more efficiently the Vigor device performs.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
124
Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature - Check this box to make the
keyword being blocked or passed.
Action - This setting is available only when Either: URL
Access Control First or Either: Web Feature First is
selected.
Pass - Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with
the keywords listed on the box below.
Block - Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the keywords listed on the box below.
If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set
here, it will be processed with reverse action.
Cookie - Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission
from inside to outside world to protect the local user's
privacy.
Proxy - Check the box to reject any proxy transmission. To
control efficiently the limited-bandwidth usage, it will be of
great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters
out the multimedia files downloading from web pages.
Upload – Check the box to block the file upload by way of
web page.
File Extension Profile – Choose one of the profiles that you
configured in Object Setting>> File Extension Objects
previously for passing or blocking the file downloading.
After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
125
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
C
C
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
f
f
o
o
r
r
M
M
y
y
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
The website of MyVigor (a server located on http://myvigor.draytek.com) provides several
useful services (such as Anti-Spam, Web Content Filter, Anti-Intrusion, and etc.) to filtering
the web pages for the sake of protecting your system.
To access into MyVigor for getting more information, please create an account for MyVigor.
C
C
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
v
v
i
i
a
a
M
M
y
y
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
W
W
e
e
b
b
S
S
i
i
t
t
e
e
1. Access into http://myvigor.draytek.com. Find the line of Not registered yet?. Then,
click the link Click here! to access into next page.
2. Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
126
3. Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue.
4. Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue.
5. Now you have created an account successfully. Click START.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
12
7
6. Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter
from myvigor.draytek.com.
7. Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created. The following
screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished. Please click Login.
8. When you see the following page, please type in the account and password (that you just
created) in the fields of UserName and Password. Then type the code in the box of Auth
Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it.
Now, click Login. Your account has been activated. You can access into MyVigor server to
activate the service (e.g., WCF) that you want.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
128
A
A
-
-
2
2
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
B
B
l
l
o
o
c
c
k
k
F
F
a
a
c
c
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
k
k
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
e
e
d
d
b
b
y
y
t
t
h
h
e
e
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
s
s
v
v
i
i
a
a
U
U
R
R
L
L
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
A. Block the web page containing the word of “Facebook”
1. Open Object Settings>>Keyword Object. Click an index number to open the setting
page.
2. In the field of Contents, please type facebook. Configure the settings as the following
figure.
3. Open CSM>>URL Content Filter Profile. Click an index number to open the setting
page.
4. Configure the settings as the following figure.
5. When you finished the above steps, click OK. Then, open Firewall>>General Setup.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
12
9
6. Click the Default Rule tab. Choose the profile just configured from the drop down list in
the field of URL Content Filter. Now, users cannot open any web page with the word
“facebook” inside.
B. Disallow users to play games on Facebook
1. Open Object Settings>>Keyword Object. Click an index number to open the setting
page.
2. In the field of Contents, please type apps.facebook. Configure the settings as the
following figure.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
130
3. Open CSM>>URL Content Filter Profile. Click an index number to open the setting
page.
4. Configure the settings as the following figure.
5. When you finished the above steps, please open Firewall>>General Setup.
6. Click the Default Rule tab. Choose the profile just configured from the drop down list in
the field of URL Content Filter. Now, users cannot open any web page with the word
“facebook” inside.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
131
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
V
V
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
There are several items offered for the Vigor device
system setup: System Status, TR-069, Administrator
Password, Configuration Backup, Syslog /Mail Alert,
Time and Date, Management, Reboot System, and
Firmware Upgrade.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
132
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
M
M
a
a
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
For the system setup, there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration:
System Status, TR-069, Administrator Password, Configuration Backup, Syslog /Mail Alert,
Time and Date, Management, Reboot System, and Firmware Upgrade.
Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
133
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor device. It includes LAN and WAN
interface information. Also, you could get the current running firmware version or firmware
related information from this presentation.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Model Name Display the model name of the router.
Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router.
Build Date/Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build.
LAN MAC Address
- Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface.
IP Address
- Display the IP address of the LAN interface.
Subnet Mask
- Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface.
DHCP Server
- Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN
interface
DNS
- Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS.
WAN Link Status
- Display current connection status.
MAC Address
- Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface.
Connection
- Display the connection type.
IP Address
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
134
- Display the IP address of the WAN interface.
Default Gateway
- Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway.
IPv6 Address - Display the IPv6 address for LAN.
Scope - Display the scope of IPv6 address. For example, IPv6
Link Local could only be used for direct IPv6 link. It can't be
used for IPv6 internet.
Internet Access Mode – Display the connection mode chosen
for accessing into Internet.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
135
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
T
T
R
R
-
-
0
0
6
6
9
9
This device supports TR-069 standard. It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a
TR-069 device through an Auto Configuration Server
, e.g., VigorACS.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
ACS Server On Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server.
ACS Server URL/Username/Password – Such data must be typed
according to the ACS (Auto Configuration Server) you want to
link. Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user’s manual
for detailed information.
Test With Inform – Click it to send a message based on the
event code selection to test if such CPE is able to
communicate with VigorACS SI server.
Event Code – Use the drop down menu to specify an event to
perform the test.
Last Inform Response Time – Display the time that VigorACS
server made a response while receiving Inform message from
CPE last time.
CPE Client Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server.
Enable/Disable – Allow/Deny the CPE Client to connect with
Auto Configuration Server.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
136
Port – Sometimes, port conflict might be occurred. To solve
such problem, you might change port number for CPE.
Username and Password Type the username and password
that VigorACS can use to access into such CPE.
Periodic Inform Settings The default setting is Enable. Please set interval time or
schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE. Or
click Disable to close the mechanism of notification.
STUN Settings The default is Disable. If you click Enable, please type the
relational settings listed below:
Server IP – Type the IP address of the STUN server.
Server Port – Type the port number of the STUN server.
Minimum Keep Alive Period – If STUN is enabled, the CPE
must send binding request to the server for the purpose of
maintaining the binding in the Gateway. Please type a
number as the minimum period. The default setting is “60
seconds”.
Maximum Keep Alive Period – If STUN is enabled, the CPE
must send binding request to the server for the purpose of
maintaining the binding in the Gateway. Please type a
number as the maximum period. A value of “-1” indicates
that no maximum period is specified.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
13
7
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
A
A
d
d
m
m
i
i
n
n
i
i
s
s
t
t
r
r
a
a
t
t
o
o
r
r
P
P
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
This page allows you to set new password.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Administrator Password Old Password - Type in the old password. The factory default
setting for password is “admin”.
New Password -Type in new password in this field. The
length of the password is limited to 23 characters.
Confirm Password -Type in the new password again.
When you click OK, the login window will appear. Please use the new password to access into
the web user interface again.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
138
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
t
t
h
h
e
e
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Follow the steps below to backup your configuration.
1. Go to System Maintenance >> Configuration Backup. The following page will be
popped-up, as shown below.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Restore Choose File – Click it to specify a file to be restored.
Restore configuration except the login password - If the
password settings shall not be restored and applied to
VigorNIC 132, simply check this box to get rid of password
settings.
Click Restore to restore the configuration. If the file is
encrypted, the system will ask you to type the password to
decrypt the configuration file.
Backup Click it to perform the configuration backup of this router.
2. Click Backup button to get into the following dialog. Click Save button to open another
dialog for saving configuration as a file.
3. In Save As dialog, the default filename is config.cfg. You could give it another name by
yourself.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
13
9
4. Click Save button, the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a
file named config.cfg.
The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples. The Mac or Linux
platform will appear different windows, but the backup function is still available.
Info
Backup for Certification must be done independently. The Configuration
Backup does not include information of Certificate.
R
R
e
e
s
s
t
t
o
o
r
r
e
e
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
1. Go to System Maintenance >> Configuration Backup. The following windows will be
popped-up, as shown below.
2. Click Choose File button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the
router.
3. Click Restore button and wait for few seconds, the following picture will tell you that
the restoration procedure is successful.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
140
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
5
5
S
S
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
/
/
M
M
a
a
i
i
l
l
A
A
l
l
e
e
r
r
t
t
SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
SysLog Access Setup Enable - Check Enable to activate function of syslog.
Syslog Save to – Check Syslog Server to save the log to Syslog
server.
Router Name Display the name for such router configured in System
Maintenance>>Management.
If there is no name here, simply lick the link to access into
System Maintenance>>Management to set the router name.
Server IP Address -The IP address of the Syslog server.
Destination Port - Assign a port for the Syslog protocol.
Enable syslog message - Check the box listed on this web
page to send the corresponding message of firewall, VPN,
User Access, Call, WAN, Router/DSL information to Syslog.
Mail Alert Setup Check Enable to activate function of mail alert.
Send a test e-mail - Make a simple test for the e-mail
address specified in this page. Please assign the mail address
first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail
address is available or not.
SMTP Server/SMTP Port - The IP address/Port number of the
SMTP server.
Mail To - Assign a mail address for sending mails out.
Return-Path - Assign a path for receiving the mail from
outside.
Use SSL - Check this box to use port 465 for SMTP server
for some e-mail server uses https as the transmission
method.
Authentication - Check this box to activate this
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
141
function while using e-mail application.
User Name - Type the user name for
authentication.
Password - Type the password for authentication.
Enable E-mail Alert - Check the box to send alert message to
the e-mail box while the router detecting the item(s) you
specify here.
Click OK to save these settings.
For viewing the Syslog, please do the following:
1. Just set your monitor PC’s IP address in the field of Server IP Address
2. Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD. After installation, click on the
Router Tools>>Syslog from program menu.
3. From the Syslog screen, select the router you want to monitor. Be reminded that in
Network Information, select the network adapter used to connect to the router.
Otherwise, you won’t succeed in retrieving information from the router.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
142
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
6
6
T
T
i
i
m
m
e
e
a
a
n
n
d
d
D
D
a
a
t
t
e
e
It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time.
Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote
administrator PC host as router’s system time.
Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the
Internet using assigned protocol.
Time Server Type the web site of the time server.
Priority Choose Auto or IPv6 First as the priority.
Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located.
Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to enable the daylight saving. Such feature is
available for certain area.
Advanced – Click it to open a pop up dialog.
Use the default time setting or set user defined time for your
requirement.
Automatically Update
Interval
Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server.
Click OK to save these settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
143
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
7
7
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
This page allows you to manage the settings for Internet/LAN Access Control, Access List from
Internet, Management Port Setup, TLS/SSL Encryption Setup, CVM Access Control and Device
Management.
The management pages for IPv4 and IPv6 protocols are different.
F
F
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP.
Default: Disable
Auto-Logout
If it is enabled, the function of auto-logout for web user
interface will be disabled.
The web user interface will be open until you click the
Logout icon manually.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
144
Internet Access Control Allow management from the Internet - Enable the checkbox
to allow system administrators to login from the Internet.
There are several servers provided by the system to allow
you managing the router from Internet. Check the box(es) to
specify.
Disable PING from the Internet - Check the checkbox to
reject all PING packets from the Internet. For security issue,
this function is enabled by default.
Access List from the
Internet
You could specify that the system administrator can only
login from a specific host or network defined in the list. A
maximum of three IPs/subnet masks is allowed.
List IP - Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router.
Subnet Mask - Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to
the router.
Management Port Setup User Define Ports - Check to specify user-defined port
numbers for the Telnet, HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, TR-069 and SSH
servers.
Default Ports - Check to use standard port numbers for the
Telnet and HTTP servers.
SNMP Setup Enable SNMP Agent - Check it to enable this function.
Get Community - Set the name for getting community by
typing a proper character. The default setting is public.
The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Set Community - Set community by typing a proper name.
The default setting is private.
The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Manager Host IP - Set one host as the manager to execute
SNMP function. Please type in IPv4 address to specify certain
host.
Trap Community - Set trap community by typing a proper
name. The default setting is public.
The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Notification Host IP - Set the IPv4 address of the host that
will receive the trap community.
Trap Timeout - The default setting is 10 seconds.
TLS/SSL Encryption Setup Enable SSL 3.0 – Check the box to enable the function of SSL
3.0 if required.
Due to security consideration, the built-in HTTPS and SSL
VPN server of the router had upgraded to TLS1.x protocol. If
you are using old browser(eg. IE6.0) or old SmartVPN Client,
you may still need to enable SSL 3.0 to make sure you can
connect, however, it's not recommended.
Device Management Check the box to enable the device management function for
VigorNIC 132.
Respond to external device – If it is enabled, VigorNIC 132
will be regarded as slave device. When the external device
(master device) sends request packet to VigorNIC 132,
VigorNIC 132 would send back information to respond the
request coming from the external device which is able to
manage VigorNIC 132.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
145
F
F
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Management Access
Control
Allow management from the Internet - Enable the checkbox
to allow system administrators to login from the Internet.
There are several servers provided by the system to allow
you managing the router from Internet. Check the box(es) to
specify.
Disable PING from the Internet - Check the checkbox to
disable all PING packets from the Internet. For security issue,
this function is enabled by default.
Access List You could specify that the system administrator can only
login from a specific host or network defined in the list. A
maximum of three IPs/subnet masks is allowed.
IPv6 Address /Prefix Length- Indicate the IP address(es)
allowed to login to the router.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
146
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
8
8
R
R
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
The Web user interface may be used to restart your router. Click Reboot System from System
Maintenance to open the following page.
Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets of time schedule for performing
system reboot. All the schedules can be set previously in Applications >> Schedule web page
and you can use the number that you have set in that web page.
If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration, check Using current
configuration and click Reboot Now. To reset the router settings to default values, check
Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now. The router will take 5 seconds to
reboot the system.
Info
When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web
settings, please click Reboot Now to reboot your router for ensuring normal
operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
147
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
9
9
F
F
i
i
r
r
m
m
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
U
U
p
p
g
g
r
r
a
a
d
d
e
e
Download the newest firmware from DrayTek's web site or FTP site. The DrayTek web site is
www.DrayTek.com (or local DrayTek's web site) and FTP site is ftp.DrayTek.com.
Click System Maintenance>> Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility.
Choose the right firmware by clicking Select. Then, click Upgrade. The system will upgrade
the firmware of the router automatically.
Click OK. The following screen will appear. Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
148
This page is left blank.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
149
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
V
V
O
O
t
t
h
h
e
e
r
r
s
s
Define objects such as IP address, service type,
keyword, file extension and others. These
pre-defined objects can be applied in CSM.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
150
V
V
-
-
1
1
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring
router’s settings, therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for
using conveniently. Later, we can select that object/group that can apply it. For example, all
the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object (a range of IP address).
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
151
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
I
I
P
P
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
152
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Interface Choose a proper interface.
For example, the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will
ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN/RT/VPN or any
IP address. If you choose LAN/RT/VPN as the Interface here,
and choose LAN/RT/VPN as the direction setting in Edit
Filter Rule, then all the IP addresses specified with LAN/
RT/VPN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit
Filter Rule page.
Address Type Determine the address type for the IP address.
Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address
only.
Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs
within a range.
Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for
IP address.
Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address.
Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address.
MAC Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be
controlled.
Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type.
End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
153
selected.
Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected.
Invert Selection If it is checked, all the IP addresses except the ones listed
above will be applied later while it is chosen.
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration. Below is
an example of IP objects settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
154
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
I
I
P
P
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
155
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Interface Choose WAN, LAN or Any to display all the available IP
objects with the specified interface.
Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface
chosen above will be shown in this box.
Selected IP Objects Click >> button to add the selected IP objects in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set up to 64 sets of IPv6 Objects with different conditions.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
156
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Address Type Determine the address type for the IPv6 address.
Select Single Address if this object contains one IPv6 address
only.
Select Range Address if this object contains several IPv6s
within a range.
Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for
IPv6 address.
Select Any Address if this object contains any IPv6 address.
Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address.
Mac Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be
controlled.
Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type.
End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is
selected.
Prefix Length Type the number (e.g., 64) for the prefix length of IPv6
address.
Invert Selection If it is checked, all the IPv6 addresses except the ones listed
above will be applied later while it is chosen.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
157
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several IPv6 objects into one IPv6 group.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
158
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Available IPv6
Objects
All the available IPv6 objects with the specified interface
chosen above will be shown in this box.
Selected IPv6 Objects
Click >> button to add the selected IPv6 objects in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
5
5
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
T
T
y
y
p
p
e
e
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
159
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Protocol Specify the protocol(s) which this profile will apply to.
Source/Destination
Port
Source Port and the Destination Port columns are available
for TCP/UDP protocol. It can be ignored for other protocols.
The filter rule will filter out any port number.
(=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
one port; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates a range for the port and available for this profile.
(!=) – when the first and last value are the same,
it
indicates all the ports except the port defined
here; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are
available for this service type.
(>) the port number greater than this value is available.
(<) the port number less than this value is available for this
profile.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
160
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
6
6
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
T
T
y
y
p
p
e
e
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several service types into one group.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the group profile.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
161
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Group column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Available Service
Type Objects
All the available service objects that you have added on
Objects Setting>>Service Type Object will be shown in this
box.
Selected Service Type
Objects
Click >> button to add the selected IP objects in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
162
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
7
7
K
K
e
e
y
y
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black /white list in CSM >>URL Web
Content Filter Profile.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
163
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile, e.g., game. Maximum 15
characters are allowed.
Contents Type the content for such profile. For example, type
gambling as Contents. When you browse the webpage, the
page with gambling information will be watched out and be
passed/blocked based on the configuration on Firewall
settings.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
164
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
8
8
K
K
e
e
y
y
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group. The keyword groups set
here will be chosen as black /white list in CSM >>URL /Web Content Filter Profile.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
165
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this group. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Available Keyword
Objects
You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page
within one keyword group. All the available Keyword
objects that you have created will be shown in this box.
Selected Keyword
Objects
Click
button to add the selected Keyword objects in
this box.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
9
9
F
F
i
i
l
l
e
e
E
E
x
x
t
t
e
e
n
n
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM>>URL Content Filter.
All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to
the chosen action.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
166
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Profile column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for this profile. The maximum length of the
name you can set is 7 characters.
3. Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be
processed in the router. Finally, click OK to save this profile.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
167
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
V
V
I
I
T
T
r
r
o
o
u
u
b
b
l
l
e
e
s
s
h
h
o
o
o
o
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
This part will guide you to solve abnormal situations if
you cannot access into the Internet after installing the
router and finishing the web configuration.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
168
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
D
D
i
i
a
a
g
g
n
n
o
o
s
s
t
t
i
i
c
c
s
s
This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet
after installing the router and finishing the web configuration. Please follow sections below to
check your basic installation status stage by stage.
Checking if the hardware status is OK or not.
Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not.
Pinging the router from your computer.
Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not.
Backing to factory default setting if necessary.
If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally, it is the time for you to
contact your dealer or DrayTek technical support for advanced help.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
169
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
Fisrt, take a look at the menu items under Diagnostics. Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way
to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor device.
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
D
D
i
i
a
a
l
l
-
-
o
o
u
u
t
t
T
T
r
r
i
i
g
g
g
g
e
e
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
Click Diagnostics and click Dial-out Triggering to open the web page. The internet
connection (e.g., PPPoE) is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Decoded Format It shows the source IP address (local), destination IP
(remote) address, the protocol and length of the package.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
170
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
171
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
A
A
R
R
P
P
C
C
a
a
c
c
h
h
e
e
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP (Address
Resolution Protocol) cache held in the router. The table shows a mapping between an
Ethernet hardware address (MAC Address) and an IP address.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
172
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
N
N
e
e
i
i
g
g
h
h
b
b
o
o
u
u
r
r
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address (MAC Address) and an IPv6
address. This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems, such as IP address
conflicts, etc.
Click Diagnostics and click IPv6 Neighbour Table to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
173
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
5
5
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
The facility provides information on IP address assignments. This information is helpful in
diagnosing network problems, such as IP address conflicts, etc.
Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page.
and
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index It displays the connection item number.
IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified
PC.
MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP
assigned IP address for it.
Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
174
HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
6
6
N
N
A
A
T
T
S
S
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Private IP:Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC.
#Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT.
Peer IP:Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote
host.
Interface It displays the representing number for different interface.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
175
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
7
7
D
D
N
N
S
S
C
C
a
a
c
c
h
h
e
e
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click DNS Cache Table to open the web page.
The record of domain Name and the mapping IP address for answering the DNS query from
LAN will be stored on Vigor device’s Cache temporarily and displayed on Diagnostics >> DNS
Cache Table.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
When an entry’s TTL is
larger than….
Check the box the type the value of TTL (time to live) for
each entry. Click OK to enable such function.
It means when the TTL value of each DNS query reaches the
threshold of the value specified here, the corresponding
record will be deleted from router’s Cache automatically.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
176
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
8
8
P
P
i
i
n
n
g
g
D
D
i
i
a
a
g
g
n
n
o
o
s
s
i
i
s
s
Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to open the web page.
or
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
IPV4 /IPV6 Choose the interface for such function.
Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN/LTE interface that
you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be
determined by the router automatically.
Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you
want to ping.
IP Address Type the IP address of the Host/IP that you want to ping.
Ping IPv6 Address Type the IPv6 address that you want to ping.
Run Click this button to start the ping work. The result will be
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
177
displayed on the screen.
Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window.
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
9
9
D
D
a
a
t
t
a
a
F
F
l
l
o
o
w
w
M
M
o
o
n
n
i
i
t
t
o
o
r
r
This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data
in an interval of several seconds.
Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page. You can click IP Address,
TX rate, RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Data Flow Monitor Check this box to enable this function.
Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of
refreshing data flow that will be done by the system
automatically.
Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually.
Index Display the number of the data flow.
IP Address Display the IP address of the monitored device.
TX rate (kbps) Display the transmission speed of the monitored device.
RX rate (kbps) Display the receiving speed of the monitored device.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
178
Sessions Display the session number that you specified in Limit
Session web page.
Action Block - can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet
within 5 minutes.
Unblock –The device with the IP address will be blocked for
five minutes. The remaining time will be shown on the
session column. Click it to cancel the IP address blocking.
Current /Peak/Speed Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate
for WAN interface.
Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in
data transmission.
Speed means line speed specified in WAN>>General Setup.
If you do not specify any rate at that page, here will display
Auto for instead.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
179
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
0
0
T
T
r
r
a
a
c
c
e
e
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page. This page allows you to trace
the routes from router to the host. Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click
Run. The result of route trace will be shown on the screen.
or
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
IPv4 / IPv6 Click one of them to display corresponding information for it.
Trace through Use the drop down list to choose the interface that you want
to ping through.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
180
Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the protocol that you want
to ping through.
Host/IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host.
Trace Host/IP Address It indicates the IPv6 address of the host.
Run Click this button to start route tracing work.
Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window.
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
1
1
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
T
T
S
S
P
P
C
C
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
IPv6 TSPC status web page could help you to diagnose the connection status of TSPC.
If TSPC has configured properly, the router will display the following page when the user
connects to tunnel broker successfully.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
181
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
2
2
D
D
S
S
L
L
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
Such page is useful for RD debug or web technician.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
182
V
V
I
I
-
-
2
2
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
I
I
s
s
O
O
K
K
o
o
r
r
N
N
o
o
t
t
Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status.
1. Check the power line and LAN cable connections.
Refer to “I-2 Hardware Installation” for details.
2. Make sure the ACT LED on the card blink once per second.
3. If not, it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status. Simply back to
“I-2 Hardware Installation” to execute the hardware installation again. And then, try
again.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
183
V
V
I
I
-
-
3
3
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
o
o
n
n
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
I
I
s
s
O
O
K
K
o
o
r
r
N
N
o
o
t
t
Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings. After trying
the above section, if the link is stilled failed, please do the steps listed below to make sure
the network connection settings is OK.
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
i
i
n
n
d
d
o
o
w
w
s
s
Info
The example is based on Windows 7. As to the examples for other operation
systems, please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in
www.DrayTek.com.
1. Open All Programs>>Getting Started>>Control Panel. Click Network and Sharing
Center.
2. In the following window, click Change adapter settings.
3. Icons of network connection will be shown on the window. Right-click on Local Area
Connection and click on Properties.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
184
4. Select Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IP) and then click Properties.
5. Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address
automatically. Finally, click OK.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
185
F
F
o
o
r
r
M
M
a
a
c
c
O
O
S
S
1. Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop.
2. Open the Application folder and get into Network.
3. On the Network screen, select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
186
V
V
I
I
-
-
4
4
P
P
i
i
n
n
g
g
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
e
e
D
D
e
e
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
f
f
r
r
o
o
m
m
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
The default gateway IP address of the device is 192.168.1.1. For some reason, you might need
to use “ping” command to check the link status of the device. The most important thing is
that the computer will receive a reply from 192.168.1.1. If not, please check the IP
address of your computer. We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP
automatically. (Please refer to the previous section VI-3)
Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly.
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
i
i
n
n
d
d
o
o
w
w
s
s
1. Open the Command Prompt window (from Start menu> Run).
2. Type command (for Windows 95/98/ME) or cmd (for Windows NT/ 2000/XP/Vista/7).
The DOS command dialog will appear.
3. Type ping 192.168.1.1 and press [Enter]. If the link is OK, the line of “Reply from
192.168.1.1:bytes=32 time<1ms TTL=255 will appear.
4. If the line does not appear, please check the IP address setting of your computer.
F
F
o
o
r
r
M
M
a
a
c
c
O
O
S
S
(
(
T
T
e
e
r
r
m
m
i
i
n
n
a
a
l
l
)
)
1. Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop.
2. Open the Application folder and get into Utilities.
3. Double click Terminal. The Terminal window will appear.
4. Type ping 192.168.1.1 and press [Enter]. If the link is OK, the line of “64 bytes from
192.168.1.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=255 time=xxxx ms” will appear.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
187
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
188
V
V
I
I
-
-
5
5
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
I
I
S
S
P
P
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
a
a
r
r
e
e
O
O
K
K
o
o
r
r
N
N
o
o
t
t
If WAN connection cannot be up, check if the LEDs (according to the LED explanations listed
on section I-2) are correct or not. If the LEDs are off, please:
Change the Physical Type from Auto negotiation to other values (e.g., 100M full duplex).
Next, change the physical type of modem (e.g., DSL/FTTX(GPON)/Cable modem) offered
by ISP with the same value configured in Vigor device. Check if the LEDs on Vigor device
are on or not.
If not, please install an additional switch for connecting both Vigor device and the modem
offered by ISP. Then, check if the LEDs on Vigor device are on or not.
If the problem of LEDs cannot be solved by the above measures, please contact with the
nearest reseller, or send an e-mail to DrayTek FAE for technical support.
Check if the settings offered by ISP are configured well or not.
When the LEDs are on and correct, yet the WAN connection still cannot be up, please:
Open WAN >> Internet Access page and then check whether the ISP settings are set
correctly. Click Details Page of WAN1~WAN2 to review the settings that you configured
previously.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
18
9
V
V
I
I
-
-
6
6
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
o
o
F
F
a
a
c
c
t
t
o
o
r
r
y
y
D
D
e
e
f
f
a
a
u
u
l
l
t
t
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
N
N
e
e
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
a
a
r
r
y
y
Sometimes, a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings. Try to
reset the router by software or hardware. Such function is available in Admin Mode only.
Info
After pressing factory default setting, you will loose all settings you did
before. Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing.
The password of factory default is null.
S
S
o
o
f
f
t
t
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
R
R
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
You can reset the router to factory default via Web page. Such function is available in Admin
Mode only.
Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page. The following screen
will appear. Choose Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now. After few
seconds, the device will return all the settings to the factory settings.
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
R
R
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
While the device is running (ACT LED blinking), press the Reset button and hold for more than
5 seconds. When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly, please release the button. Then, the
router will restart with the default configuration.
After restore the factory default setting, you can configure the settings for the router again
to fit your personal request.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
190
V
V
I
I
-
-
7
7
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
a
a
c
c
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
D
D
r
r
a
a
y
y
T
T
e
e
k
k
If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts, please contact your dealer
for further help right away. For any questions, please feel free to send e-mail to
support@DrayTek.com.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
191
This page is left blank.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
192
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
V
V
I
I
I
I
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
s
s
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
193
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
n
n
g
g
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
o
o
f
f
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
N
N
I
I
C
C
1
1
3
3
2
2
This chapter also gives you a general description for accessing telnet and describes the
firmware versions for the routers explained in this manual.
Info
For Windows 7 user, please make sure the Windows Features of Telnet
Client has been turned on under Control Panel>>Programs.
Type cmd and press Enter. The Telnet terminal will be open later.
In the following window, type Telnet 192.168.1.1 as below and press Enter. Note that the IP
address in the example is the default address of the router. If you have changed the default,
enter the current IP address of the router.
Next, type admin/admin for Account/Password. Then, type ?. You will see a list of
valid/common commands depending on the router that your use.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
194
For users using previous Windows system (e.g., 2000/XP), simply click Start >> Run and type
Telnet 192.168.1.1 in the Open box as below. Next, type admin/admin for
Account/Password. And, type ? to get a list of valid/common commands.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
195
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
t
t
x
x
p
p
c
c
t
t
/
/
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
r
r
x
x
p
p
c
c
t
t
This command allows the user to adjust the percentage of data transmission
(receiving/transmitting) for QoS application.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl txpct [auto:percent]
adsl rxpct [auto:percent]
Parameter Description
auto It means auto detection of ADSL transmission packet.
percent Specify the percentage of ADSL transmission packet.
Available range is 10-100.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl txpct auto
% tx percentage : 80
> adsl txpct 75
% tx percentage : 75
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command is used to display current status of ADSL setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl status [more | counts | hlog | qln | snr | bandinfo | olr]
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > adsl status
--------------------------- ATU-R Info (hw: annex B, f/w: annex X) -----------
Running Mode : State : TRAINING
DS Actual Rate : 0 bps US Actual Rate : 0 bps
DS Attainable Rate : 0 bps US Attainable Rate : 0 bps
DS Path Mode : Fast US Path Mode : Fast
DS Interleave Depth : 0 US Interleave Depth : 0
NE Current Attenuation : 0 dB Cur SNR Margin : 0 dB
DS actual PSD : 0. 0 dB US actual PSD : 0. 0 dB
NE Rcvd Cells : 0 NE Xmitted Cells : 0
NE CRC Count : 0 FE CRC Count : 0
NE ES Count : 0 FE ES Count : 0
Xdsl Reset Times : 0 Xdsl Link Times : 0
ITU Version[0] : b5004946 ITU Version[1] : 544e0000
ADSL Firmware Version : 05-04-04-05-01-02
Power Management Mode : DSL_G997_PMS_NA
Test Mode : DISABLE
---------------- ATU-C Info --------------------
Far Current Attenuation : 0 dB Far SNR Margin : 0 dB
CO ITU Version[0] : 00000000 CO ITU Version[1] : 00000000
DSLAM CHIPSET VENDOR : < unknown >
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
p
p
p
p
p
p
This command can set the Internet Access mode for the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl ppp [ ? | pvc_no vci vpi Encap Proto modu acqIP idle [Username Password]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
196
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
? Display the command syntax of “adsl ppp”.
pvc_no It means the PVC number and the adjustable range is from
0 (Channel-1) to 7(Channel-8).
Encap Different numbers represent different modes.
0 : VC_MUX,
1: LLC/SNAP,
2: LLC_Bridge,
3: LLC_Route,
4: VCMUX_Bridge
5: VCMUX_Route,
6: IPoE.
Proto It means the protocol used to connect Internet. Different
numbers represent different protocols.
0: PPPoA,
1: PPPoE,
2: MPoA.
Modu 0: T1.413,
2: G.dmt,
4: Multi,
5: ADSL2,
7:ADSL2_AnnexM
8:ADSL2+
14:ADSL2+_AnnexM.
acqIP It means the way to acquire IP address. Type the number to
determine the IP address by specifying or assigned
dynamically by DHCP server.
0 : fix_ip,
1: dhcp_client/PPPoE/PPPoA.(acquire IP method)
idle Type number to determine the network connection will be
kept for always or idle after a certain time.
1: always on, else idle timeout secs. Only for PPPoE/PPPoA.
Username This parameter is used only for PPPoE/PPPoA
Password This parameter is used only for PPPoE/PPPoA
You have to reboot the system when you set it on Route mode.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl ppp o 35 8 1 1 4 1 -1 draytek draytek
pvc no.=0
vci=35
vpi=8
encap=LLC(1)
proto=PPPoE(1)
modu=MULTI(4)
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
19
7
AcquireIP: Dhcp_client(1)
Idle timeout:-1
Username=draytek
Password=draytek
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
b
b
r
r
i
i
d
d
g
g
e
e
This command can specify a LAN port (LAN1 to LAN4) for mapping to certain PVC, and the
mapping port/PVC will be operated in bridge mode.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl bridge [pvc_no/status/save/enable/disable] [on/off/clear/tag tag_no] [service type]
[px ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
pvc_no It means pvc number and must be between 0(Channel 1) to
7(Channel 8).
status It means to shown the whole bridge status.
save It means to save the configuration to flash.
enable It means to enable the Multi-VLAN function.
disable It means to disable the Multi-VLAN function.
on/off It means to turn on/off bridge mode for the specific
channel.
clear It means to turn off and clear all the PVC settings.
tag tag_no No tag: -1
Available number for tag: 0-4095
pri pri_no The number 0 to 7 can be set to indicate the priority. “7” is
the highest.
service type Two number can be set:
0: for Normal (all the applications will be processed with
the same PVC).
1: for the IGMP with different PVC which is used for special
ISP.
px… It means the number of LAN port (x=2~4). Port 1 is locked for NAT.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl bridge 4 on p2 p3
PVC Bridge p1 p2 p3 p4 Service Type Tag Pri
------------------------------------------------------------
4 ON 0 0 1 0 Normal -1(OFF) 0
PVC 0 & 1 can't set for bridge mode.
Please use 'save' to save config.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
198
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
i
i
d
d
l
l
e
e
This command can make the router accessing into the idle status. If you want to invoke the
router again, you have to reboot the router by using “reboot” command.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl idle [on | tcpmessage | tcpmessage_off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on DSL is under test mode.
DSL debug tool mode is off.
tcpmessage DSL debug tool mode is on.
tcpmessage_off DSL debug tool mode is off.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl idle on
% DSL is under [IDLE/QUIET] test mode.
% DSL debug tool mode is off.
> adsl idle tcpmessage
% Set DSL debug tool mode on. Please reboot system to take effect.
> adsl idle tcpmessage_off
% Set DSL debug tool mode off. Please reboot system to take effect.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
d
d
r
r
i
i
v
v
e
e
m
m
o
o
d
d
e
e
This command is useful for laboratory to measure largest power of data transmission. Please
follow the steps below to set adsl drivermode.
1. Please connect dsl line to the DSLAM.
2. Waiting for dsl SHOWTIME.
3. Drop the dsl line.
4. Now, it is on continuous sending mode, and adsl2/2+ led is always ON.
5. Use 'adsl reboot' to restart dsl to normal mode.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
r
r
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
This command can reboot the router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl reboot
% Adsl is Rebooting...
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
19
9
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
o
o
a
a
m
m
l
l
b
b
This command is used to test if the connection between CPE and CO is OK or not.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl oamlb [n][type]
adsl oamlb chklink [on/off]
adsl oamlb [log_on/log_off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
n It means the total number of transmitted packets.
type It means the protocol that you can use.
1 – for F4 Seg-to-Seg (VP level)
2 – for F4 End-to-End (VP level)
4 – for F5 Seg-to-Seg (VC level)
5 – for F5 End-to-End (VC level)
chklink Check the DSL connection.
Log_on/log_off Enable or disable the OAM log for debug.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl oamlb chklink on
OAM checking dsl link is ON.
> adsl oamlb F5 4
Tx cnt=0
Rx Cnt=0
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
v
v
c
c
i
i
l
l
i
i
m
m
i
i
t
t
This command can cancel the limit for vci value.
Some ISP might set the vci value under 32. In such case, we can cancel such limit manually by
using this command. Do not set the number greater than 254.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl vcilimit [n]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
n The number shall be between 1 ~ 254.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl vcilimit 33
change VCI limitation from 32 to 33.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
200
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
a
a
n
n
n
n
e
e
x
x
This command can display the annex interface of this router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl annex
% hardware is annex B.
% modem code is annex B; built at 01/15,07:34.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
a
a
u
u
t
t
o
o
m
m
o
o
d
d
e
e
This command is used to add or remove ADSL modes (such as ANNEXL, ANNEXM and ANNEXJ)
supported by Multimode.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl automode [add|remove|set|default|show] [adsl_mode]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
add It means to add ADSL mode.
remove It means to remove ADSL mode.
set It means to use default settings plus the new added ADSL mode.
default It means to use default settings.
show It means to display current setting.
adsl_mode There are three modes to be choose, ANNEXL, ANNEXM (annexA:
ADSL over POTS) and ANNEXJ (annexB: ADSL over ISDN).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl automode set ANNEXJ
Automode supported : T1.413, G.DMT, ADSL2, ADSL2+, ANNEXJ,
> adsl automode default
Automode supported : T1.413, G.DMT, ADSL2, ADSL2+,
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
b
b
i
i
n
n
s
s
This command can display the allocation for each Bin (Tone) SNR, Gain, and Bits.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl showbins [startbin endbin | up]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
startbin The number is between 0 ~ 4092.
endbin The number is between 4 ~ 4095.
up Show upstream information.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl showbins 2 30
DOWNSTREAM :
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
201
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi
dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts
--- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- --
--- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- --
Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi
dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
o
o
p
p
t
t
n
n
This command allows you to configure DSL line feature.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl optn FUNC [us/ds/bi [value/on/off]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
FUNC Available settings contain:
'bitswap',
'sra',
'aelem',
'g.vector',
'status',
'trellis',
'retx',
'default'.
us/ds/bi us: upstream
ds: downstream
bi: bidirection.
'aelem' and 'g.vector' can be only on/off.
value The value shall be hex digits.
bitswap=0~2,
sra=0,2,3,4.
on/off Type “on” for enabling such function.
Type “off” for disabling such function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl optn default
trellis [US] = ON, [DS] = ON.
bitswap [US] = 0, [DS] = 0.
[0: default(ON), 1: ON, 2: OFF]
sra [US] = 0, [DS] = 0.
[0: default(=3), 2: OFF, 3: ON , 4: DYNAMIC_SOS]
retx [US] = ON, [DS] = ON.
aelem ON
G.Vector ON
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
a
a
v
v
e
e
c
c
f
f
g
g
This command can save the configuration into FLASH with a file format of cfg.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl savecfg
% Xdsl Cfg Save OK!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
v
v
e
e
n
n
d
d
o
o
r
r
i
i
d
d
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
202
This command allows you to configure user-defined CPE vendor ID.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl vendorid [status/on/off/ set vid0 vid1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
status Display current status of user-defined vendor ID.
on Enable the user-defined function.
off Disable the user-defined function.
set vid0 vid1 It means to set user-defined vendor ID with vid0 and vid1.
The vendor ID shall be set with HEX format, ex: 00fe7244: 79612f21.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl vendorid status
% User define CPE Vendor ID is OFF
% vid0:vid1 = 0x00fe7244:79612f21
> adsl vendorid on set vid0 vid1
% User define CPE Vendor ID is ON
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
a
a
t
t
m
m
This command can set QoS parameter for ATM.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl atm pcr [pvc_no][PCR][max][status]
adsl atm scr [pvc_no][SCR]
adsl atm mbs [pvc_no][MBS]
adsl atm status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
pvc_no It means pvc number and must be between 0(Channel 1) to
7(Channel 8).
PCR It means Peak Cell Rate for upstream.
The range for the number is “1” to “2539”.
max It means to get the highest speed for the upstream.
SCR It means Sustainable Cell Rate.
MBS It means Maximum Burst Size.
status It means to display PCR/SCR/MBS setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl atm pcr 1 200 max
% PCR is 200 for pvc 1.
> adsl atm pcr status
pvc channel PCR
---------------------------
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
203
0 1 0
1 2 200
2 3 0
3 4 0
4 5 0
5 6 0
6 7 0
7 8 0
> adsl atm mbs 2 300 max
% MBS is 300 for pvc 2.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
p
p
v
v
c
c
b
b
i
i
n
n
d
d
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command can configure PVC to PVC binding. Such command is available only for PPPoE
and MPoA 1483 Bridge mode.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl pvcbinding [pvc_x pvc_y | status | -1 ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
pvc_x It means the PVC number for the source.
pvc_y It means the PVC number that the source PVC will be bound to.
status Display a table for PVC binding group.
-1 It means to clear specific PVC binding.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl pvcbinding 3 5
set done. bind pvc3 to pvc5.
The above example means PVC3 has been bound to PVC5.
> adsl pvcbinding 3 -1
clear pvc-1 binding
The above example means the PVC3 binding group has been removed.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command is used to display current status of VDSL setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vdsl status [more | counts | hlog | qln | snr | bandinfo | olr]
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl status
---------------------- ATU-R Info (hw: annex A, f/w: annex A/B/C) -----------
Running Mode : State : TRAINING
DS Actual Rate : 0 bps US Actual Rate : 0 bps
DS Attainable Rate : 0 bps US Attainable Rate : 0 bps
DS Path Mode : Fast US Path Mode : Fast
DS Interleave Depth : 0 US Interleave Depth : 0
NE Current Attenuation : 0 dB Cur SNR Margin : 0 dB
DS actual PSD : 0. 0 dB US actual PSD : 0. 0 dB
NE CRC Count : 0 FE CRC Count : 0
NE ES Count : 0 FE ES Count : 0
Xdsl Reset Times : 0 Xdsl Link Times : 0
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
204
ITU Version[0] : b5004946 ITU Version[1] : 544e0000
VDSL Firmware Version : 05-04-08-00-00-06
Power Management Mode : DSL_G997_PMS_NA
Test Mode : DISABLE
---------------------- ATU-C Info ---------------------------------
Far Current Attenuation : 0 dB Far SNR Margin : 0 dB
CO ITU Version[0] : 00000000 CO ITU Version[1] : 00000000
DSLAM CHIPSET VENDOR : < unknown >
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
i
i
d
d
l
l
e
e
This command can make the router accessing into the idle status. If you want to invoke the
router again, you have to reboot the router by using “reboot” command.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vdsl idle [on | tcpmessage | tcpmessage_off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on DSL is under test mode.
DSL debug tool mode is off.
tcpmessage DSL debug tool mode is on.
tcpmessage_off DSL debug tool mode is off.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl idle on
% DSL is under [IDLE/QUIET] test mode.
% DSL debug tool mode is off.
> vdsl idle tcpmessage
% Set DSL debug tool mode on. Please reboot system to take effect.
> vdsl idle tcpmessage_off
% Set DSL debug tool mode off. Please reboot system to take effect.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
d
d
r
r
i
i
v
v
e
e
r
r
m
m
o
o
d
d
e
e
This command is useful for laboratory to measure largest power of data transmission. Please
follow the steps below to set vdsl drivermode.
1. Please connect dsl line to the DSLAM.
2. Waiting for dsl SHOWTIME.
3. Drop the dsl line.
4. Now, it is on continuous sending mode, and vdsl2/2+ led is always ON.
5. Use 'vdsl reboot' to restart dsl to normal mode.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
r
r
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
This command can reboot the DSL router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl reboot
% Adsl is Rebooting...
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
a
a
n
n
n
n
e
e
x
x
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
205
This command can display the annex interface of this router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl annex
% hardware is annex A.
% ADSL modem code is annex A
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
b
b
i
i
n
n
s
s
This command can display the allocation for each Bin (Tone) SNR, Gain, and Bits.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vdsl showbins [startbin endbin | up]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
startbin The number is between 0 ~ 4092.
endbin The number is between 4 ~ 4095.
up Show upstream information.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl showbins 2 30
DOWNSTREAM :
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi
dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts
--- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- --
--- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- --
Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi
dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
o
o
p
p
t
t
n
n
This command allows you to configure DSL line feature.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vdsl optn FUNC [us/ds/bi [value/on/off]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
FUNC Available settings contain:
'bitswap',
'sra',
'aelem',
'g.vector',
'status',
'trellis',
'retx',
'default'.
us/ds/bi us: upstream
ds: downstream
bi: bidirection.
'aelem' and 'g.vector' can be only on/off.
value The value shall be hex digits.
bitswap=0~2,
sra=0,2,3,4.
on/off Type “on” for enabling such function.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
206
Type “off” for disabling such function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl optn default
trellis [US] = ON, [DS] = ON.
bitswap [US] = 0, [DS] = 0.
[0: default(ON), 1: ON, 2: OFF]
sra [US] = 0, [DS] = 0.
[0: default(=3), 2: OFF, 3: ON , 4: DYNAMIC_SOS]
retx [US] = ON, [DS] = ON.
aelem ON
G.Vector ON
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
a
a
v
v
e
e
c
c
f
f
g
g
This command can save the configuration into FLASH with a file format of cfg.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl savecfg
% Xdsl Cfg Save OK!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
v
v
e
e
n
n
d
d
o
o
r
r
i
i
d
d
This command allows you to configure user-defined CPE vendor ID.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vdsl vendorid [status/on/off/ set vid0 vid1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
status Display current status of user-defined vendor ID.
on Enable the user-defined function.
off Disable the user-defined function.
set vid0 vid1 It means to set user-defined vendor ID with vid0 and vid1.
The vendor ID shall be set with HEX format, ex: 00fe7244: 79612f21.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl vendorid status
% User define CPE Vendor ID is OFF
% vid0:vid1 = 0x00fe7244:79612f21
> vdsl vendorid on set vid0 vid1
% User define CPE Vendor ID is ON
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
i
i
n
n
v
v
e
e
n
n
t
t
o
o
r
r
y
y
This command is used to display information about CO or CPE.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vdsl inventory [co|cpe]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
20
7
Parameter Description
co It means DSLAM (Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer) or CO
(Central Office).
cpe It means CPE (Customer Premise Equipment).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl inventory co
xDSL inventory info only available in showtime.
> vdsl inventory cpe
G.994 vendor ID : 0XB5004946544E5444
G.994.1 country code : 0XB500
G.994.1 provider code : IFTN
G.994.1 vendor info : 0X5444
System vendor ID : 0XB5004946544E0000
System country code : 0XB500
System provider code : IFTN
System vendor info : 0X000
Version number : 3.8.2_RC4a_STD
Version number(16 octets) : 0X332E382E325F524334615F5354440000
Self-test result : PASS
Transmission mode capability : 0X40004004C010400
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
b
b
p
p
a
a
This command allows to configure a network setting specified for Australia’s ISP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
bpa m [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
m Available settings are 1 and 2.
-a <enable> 1/0 to enable/disable this entry
-n <UserName> contact UserName(max. 24 characters)
-p <PassWord> contact PassWord (max. 24 characters)
-s <select> It means to specify an IP address for Server.
0 : no selection.
1 : NSW(61.9.192.13)
2 : QLD(61.9.208.13),
3 : VIC(61.9.128.13)
4 : SA(61.9.224.13),
5 : WA(61.9.240.13)
-l <List> List all settings configured.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> bpa 1 -a 1 -n testUser -p testPassword -s 4
> bpa -l
-------index: 1 active------
UserName[1]: testUser
PassWord[1]: testPassword
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
208
ServerIP[1]:4
-------index: 2 inactive------
UserName[2]:
PassWord[2]:
ServerIP[2]:0
>
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
209
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
u
u
c
c
f
f
It is used to configure settings for URL control filter profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm ucf show
csm ucf setdefault
csm ucf msg MSG
csm ucf obj INDEX [-n PROFILE_NAME | -l [P|B|A|N] | uac | wf ]
csm ucf obj INDEX -n PROFILE_NAME
csm ucf obj INDEX -p VALUE
csm ucf obj INDEX -l P|B|A|N
csm ucf obj INDEX uac
csm ucf obj INDEX wf
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
show It means to display all of the profiles.
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all of the profile.
msg MSG It means de set the administration message.
MSG means the content (less than 255 characters) of the message
itself.
obj It means to specify the object for the profile.
INDEX It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 8.
-n It means to set the profile name.
PROFILE_NAME It means to specify the name of the profile (less than 16 characters)
-p Set the priority (defined by the number specified in VALUE) for the
profile.
VALUE Number 0 to 3 represent different conditions.
0: It means Bundle: Pass.
1: It means Bundle: Block.
2: It means Either: URL Access Control First.
3: It means Either: Web Feature First.
-l It means the log type of the profile. They are:
P: Pass,
B: Block,
A: All,
N: None
MSG It means to specify the Administration Message, less then 255
characters
uac It means to set URL Access Control part.
wf It means to set Web Feature part.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm ucf obj 1 -n game -l B
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
210
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[game]
Log:[none]
Priority Select : [Bundle : Pass]
[ ]Enable URL Access Control
Action:[pass]
[ ]Prevent web access from IP address.
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
u
u
c
c
f
f
o
o
b
b
j
j
I
I
N
N
D
D
E
E
X
X
u
u
a
a
c
c
It means to configure the settings regarding to URL Access Control (uac).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -v
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -e
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -d
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -a P|B
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -i E|D
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -o KEY_WORD_Object_Index
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -g KEY_WORD_Group_Index
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 8.
- v It means to view the protocol configuration of the CSM profile.
-e It means to enable the function of URL Access Control.
-d It means to disable the function of URL Access Control.
-a Set the action of specific application, P or B.
B: Block. The web access meets the URL Access Control will be
blocked.
P: Pass. The web access meets the URL Access Control will be passed.
-i Prevent the web access from any IP address.
E: Enable the function. The Internet access from any IP address will
be blocked.
D: Disable the function.
-o Set the keyword object.
KEY_WORD_Object_Index Specify the index number of the object profile.
-g Set the keyword group.
KEY_WORD_Group_Index Specify the index number of the group profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
211
> csm ucf obj 1 uac -i E
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[game]
Log:[none]
Priority Select : [Bundle : Pass]
[ ]Enable URL Access Control
Action:[pass]
[v]Prevent web access from IP address.
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
> csm ucf obj 1 uac -a B
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[game]
Log:[none]
Priority Select : [Bundle : Pass]
[ ]Enable URL Access Control
Action:[block]
[v]Prevent web access from IP address.
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
212
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
u
u
c
c
f
f
o
o
b
b
j
j
I
I
N
N
D
D
E
E
X
X
w
w
f
f
It means to configure the settings regarding to Web Feature (wf).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -v
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -e
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -d
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -a P|B
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -s WEB_FEATURE
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -u WEB_FEATURE
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -f File_Extension_Object_index
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 8.
- v It means to view the protocol configuration of the CSM profile.
-e It means to enable the restriction of web feature.
-d It means to disable the restriction of web feature.
-a Set the action of web feature, P or B.
B: Block. The web access meets the web feature will be blocked.
P: Pass. The web access meets the web feature will be passed.
-s It means to enable the the Web Feature configuration.
Features available for configuration are:
c: Cookie
p: Proxy
u: Upload
-u It means to cancel the web feature configuration.
-f It means to set the file extension object index number.
File_Extension_Object_inde
x
Type the index number (1 to 8) for the file extension object.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm ucf obj 1 wf -s c
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[game]
Log:[none]
Priority Select : [Bundle : Pass]
[ ]Enable URL Access Control
Action:[block]
[v] Prevent web access from IP address.
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
213
[ ]Enable Restrict Web Feature
Action:[pass]
File Extension Object Index : [0] Profile Name : []
[V] Cookie [ ] Proxy [ ] Upload
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
d
d
d
d
n
n
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
Displays the DDNS log.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ddns log
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
d
d
d
d
n
n
s
s
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
Sets and displays the DDNS time.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ddns time <update in minutes>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Update in minutes Type the value as DDNS time. The range is from 1 to 14400.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ddns time
ddns time <update in minutes>
Valid: 1 ~ 1440
%Now: 1440
> ddns time 1000
ddns time <update in minutes>
Valid: 1 ~ 1440
%Now: 1000
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
d
d
o
o
s
s
This command allows users to configure the settings for DoS defense system.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
dos [-V | D | A]
dos [-s ATTACK_F [THRESHOLD][ TIMEOUT]]
dos [-a | e [ATTACK_F][ATTACK_0] | d [ATTACK_F][ATTACK_0]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-V It means to view the configuration of DoS defense system.
-D It means to deactivate the DoS defense system.
-A It means to activate the DoS defense system.
-s It means to enable the defense function for a specific attack and set
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
214
its parameter(s).
ATTACK_F It means to specify the name of flooding attack(s) or portscan, e.g.,
synflood, udpflood, icmpflood, or postscan.
THRESHOLD It means the packet rate (packet/second) that a flooding attack will
be detected. Set a value larger than 20.
TIMEOUT It means the time (seconds) that a flooding attack will be blocked.
Set a value larger than 5.
-a It means to enable the defense function for all attacks listed in
ATTACK_0.
-e It means to enable defense function for a specific attack(s).
ATTACK_0 It means to specify a name of the following attacks: ip_option,
tcp_flag, land, teardrop, smurf, pingofdeath, traceroute,
icmp_frag, syn_frag, unknow_proto, fraggle.
-d It means to disable the defense function for a specific attack(s).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>dos –A
The Dos Defense system is Activated
>dos –s synflood 50 10
Synflood is enabled! Threshold=50 <pke/sec> timeout=10 <pke/sec>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
e
e
x
x
i
i
t
t
Type this command will leave telnet window.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows you to configure detailed settings for WAN connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
internet -W n -M n [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-M n M means to set Internet Access Mode (Mandatory) and n means
different modes (represented by 0 – 3)
n=0: Offline
n=1: PPPoE
n=2: Dynamic IP
n=3: Static IP
<command><parameter>|…] The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-S <isp name> It means to set ISP Name (max. 23 characters).
-P <on/off> It means to enable PPPoE Service.
-u <username> It means to set username (max. 49 characters) for Internet
accessing.
-p <password> It means to set password (max. 49 characters) for Internet
accessing.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
215
-a n It means to set PPP Authentication Type and n means different
types (represented by 0-1).
n=0: PAP/CHAP (this is default setting)
n=1: PAP Only
-t n It means to set connection duration and n means different
conditions.
n=-1: Always-on
n=1 ~ 999: Idle time for offline (default 180 seconds)
-i <ip address> It means that PPPoE server will assign an IP address specified here
for CPE (PPPoE client).
If you type 0.0.0.0 as the <ip address>, ISP will assign suitable IP
address for you. However, if you type an IP address here, the router
will use that one as a fixed IP.
-w <ip address> It means to assign WAN IP address for such connection. Please type
an IP address here for WAN port.
-n <netmask> It means to assign netmask for WAN connection. You have to type
255.255.255.xxx (x is changeable) as the netmask for WAN port.
-g <gateway> It means to assign gateway IP for such WAN connection.
-V It means to view Internet Access profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>internet -M 1 -S tcom -u username -p password -a 0 -t -1 -i 0.0.0.0
WAN1 Internet Mode set to PPPoE/PPPoA
WAN1 ISP Name set to tcom
WAN1 Username set to username
WAN1 Password set successful
WAN1 PPP Authentication Type set to PAP/CHAP
WAN1 Idle timeout set to always-on
WAN1 Gateway IP set to 0.0.0.0
> internet -V
WAN1 Internet Mode:PPPoE
ISP Name: tcom
Username: username
Authentication: PAP/CHAP
Idle Timeout: -1
WAN IP: Dynamic IP
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
2
2
n
n
d
d
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to enable or disable the IP routing subnet for your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip 2ndsubnet <Enable/Disable>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Enable Enable the function.
Disable Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
216
> ip 2ndsubnet enable
2nd subnet enabled!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
2
2
n
n
d
d
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command allows to set the IP routed subnet for the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip pubaddr ?
ip pubaddr <2nd subnet IP address>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? Display an IP address which allows users set as the second subnet IP
address.
2nd subnet IP address Specify an IP address. The system will set the one that you specified
as the second subnet IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > ip 2ndaddr ?
% ip addr <2nd subnet IP address>
% Now: 192.168.2.1
> ip 2ndaddr 192.168.2.5
% Set 2nd subnet IP address done !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
2
2
n
n
d
d
m
m
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command allows users to set the mask for IP routed subnet of your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip 2ndmask ?
ip 2ndmask <2nd subnet mask>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? Display an IP address which allows users set as the second subnet
mask.
public subnet IP address Specify a subnet mask. The system will set the one that you
specified as the second subnet mask.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip pubmask ?
% ip pubmask <public subnet mask>
% Now: 255.255.255.0
> ip pubmask 255.255.0.0
% Set public subnet mask done !!!
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
217
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
a
a
u
u
x
x
This command is used for configuring WAN IP Alias.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip aux add [IP] [Join to NAT Pool][wanX]
ip aux remove [index][wanX]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
add It means to create a new WAN IP address.
remove It means to delete an existed WAN IP address.
IP It means the auxiliary WAN IP address.
Join to NAT Pool 0 (disable) or 1 (enable).
wanX Add or remove an address for WAN interface.
index Type the index number of the table displayed on your screen.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > ip aux add 192.168.1.65 1
% 192.168.1.65 has added in index 2.
> ip aux ?%% ip aux add [IP] [Join to NAT Pool]
> ip aux ?%% ip aux add [IP] [Join to NAT Pool] [wanX]
%% ip aux remove [Index] [wanX]
%% Where IP = Auxiliary WAN IP Address.
%% Join to NAT Pool = 0 or 1.
%% Index = The Index number of table.
%% wanX = add/remove an address for WANX.
Now auxiliary WAN1 IP Address table:
Index no. Status IP address NAT IP pool
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0 Yes
2 Enable 192.168.1.65 Yes
Now auxiliary WAN2 IP Address table:
Index no. Status IP address NAT IP pool
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0 Yes
When you type ip aux?, the current auxiliary WAN IP Address table will be shown as the
following:
Index no. Status IP address IP pool
----------------------------------------------
1 Enable 172.16.3.229 Yes
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
218
2 Enable 172.16.3.56 No
3 Enable 172.16.3.113 No
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command allows users to set/add a specified LAN IP your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip addr [IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address It means the LAN IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip addr 192.168.50.1
% Set IP address OK !!!
Info
When the LAN IP address is changed, the start IP address of DHCP server are
still the same. To make the IP assignment of the DHCP server being
consistent with this new IP address (they should be in the same network
segment), the IP address of the PC must be fixed with the same LAN IP
address (network segment) set by this command for accessing into the web
user interface of the router. Later, modify the start addresses for the DHCP
server.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
219
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
n
n
m
m
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command allows users to set/add a specified netmask for your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip nmask [IP netmask]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP netmask It means the netmask of LAN IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip nmask 255.255.0.0
% Set IP netmask OK !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
a
a
r
r
p
p
ARP displays the matching condition for IP and MAC address.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip arp add [IP address] [MAC address] [LAN or WAN]
ip arp del [IP address] [LAN or WAN]
ip arp flush
ip arp status
ip arp accept [0/1/2/3/4/5status]
ip arp setCacheLife [time]
In which, arp add allows users to add a new IP address into the ARP table; arp del allows users
to remove an IP address; arp flush allows users to clear arp cache; arp status allows users to
review current status for the arp table; arp accept allows to accept or reject the source
/destination MAC address; arp setCacheLife allows users to configure the duration in which
ARP caches can be stored on the system. If ip arp setCacheLife is set with “60”, it means you
have an ARP cache at 0 second. Sixty seconds later without any ARP messages received, the
system will think such ARP cache is expired. The system will issue a few ARP request to see if
this cache is still valid.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address It means the LAN IP address.
MAC address It means the MAC address of your router.
LAN or WAN It indicates the direction for the arp function.
0/1/2/3/4/5 0: disable to accept illegal source mac address
1: enable to accept illegal source mac address
2: disable to accept illegal dest mac address
3: enable to accept illegal dest mac address
4: Decline VRRP mac into arp table
5: Accept VRRP mac into arp table
status: display the setting status.
Time Available settings will be 10, 20, 30,....2550 seconds.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
220
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip arp accept status
Accept illegal source mac arp: disable
Accept illegal dest mac arp: disable
Accept VRRP mac into arp table: disable
> ip arp status
[ARP Table]
Index IP Address MAC Address Netbios Name
1 192.168.1.113 00-05-5D-E4-D8-EE A1000351
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
c
c
This command is available for WAN DHCP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip dhcpc option
ip dhcpc option -h|l
ip dhcpc option -d [idx]
ip dhcpc option -e [1 or 0] -w [wan unmber] -c [option number] -v [option value]
ip dhcpc option -e [1 or 0] -w [wan unmber] -c [option number] -x "[option value]"
ip dhcpc option -u [idx unmber]
ip dhcpc release [wan number]
ip dhcpc renew [wan number]
ip dhcpc status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
option It is an optional setting for DHCP server.
-h: display usage
-l: list all custom set DHCP options
-d: delete custom dhcp client option by index number
-e: enable/disable option feature, 1:enable, 0:disable
-w: set WAN number (e.g., 1=WAN1)
-c: set option number: 0~255
-v: set option value by string
-x: set option value by raw byte (hex)
-u: update by index number
release It means to release current WAN IP address.
renew It means to renew the WAN IP address and obtain another new one.
status It displays current status of DHCP client.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip dhcpc status
I/F#3 DHCP Client Status:
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
221
DHCP Server IP : 172.16.3.7
WAN Ipm : 172.16.3.40
WAN Netmask : 255.255.255.0
WAN Gateway : 172.16.3.1
Primary DNS : 168.95.192.1
Secondary DNS : 0.0.0.0
Leased Time : 259200
Leased Time T1 : 129600
Leased Time T2 : 226800
Leased Elapsed : 259194
Leased Elapsed T1 : 129594
Leased Elapsed T2 : 226794
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command allows users to ping IP address of WAN1/WAN2/PVC3/PVC4/PVC5 for verifying
if the WAN connection is OK or not.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip ping [IP address] [WAN1/WAN2/PVC3/PVC4/PVC5]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address It means the WAN IP address.
WAN1/WAN2/PVC3/PVC4/PVC
5
It means the WAN port /PVC that the above IP address passes
through.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip ping 172.16.3.229 WAN1
Pinging 172.16.3.229 with 64 bytes of Data:
Receive reply from 172.16.3.229, time=0ms
Receive reply from 172.16.3.229, time=0ms
Receive reply from 172.16.3.229, time=0ms
Packets: Sent = 5, Received = 5, Lost = 0 <0% loss>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
t
t
r
r
a
a
c
c
e
e
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to trace the routes from the router to the host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip tracert [Host/IP address] [WAN1/WAN2] [Udp/Icmp]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address It means the target IP address.
WAN1/WAN2 It means the WAN port that the above IP address passes through.
Udp/Icmp It means the UDP or ICMP.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
222
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip tracert 22.128.2.62 WAN1
Traceroute to 22.128.2.62, 30 hops max
1 172.16.3.7 10ms
2 172.16.1.2 10ms
3 Request Time out.
4 168.95.90.66 50ms
5 211.22.38.134 50ms
6 220.128.2.62 50ms
Trace complete
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
t
t
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to access specified device by telnet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip telnet [IP address][Port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address Type the WAN or LAN IP address of the remote device.
Port Type a port number (e.g., 23).
Available settings: 0 ~65535.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip telnet 172.17.3.252 23
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
r
r
i
i
p
p
This command allows users to set the RIP (routing information protocol) of IP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip rip [0/1/2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
0/1/2 0 means disable; 1 means first subnet and 2 means second
subnet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip rip 1
%% Set RIP 1st subnet.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
223
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
w
w
a
a
n
n
r
r
i
i
p
p
This command allows users to set the RIP (routing information protocol) of WAN IP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip wanrip [ifno] -e [0/1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno It means the connection interface.
1: WAN1,2: WAN2, 3: PVC3,4: PVC4,5: PVC5
Note: PVC3 ~PVC5 are virtual WANs.
-e It means to disable or enable RIP setting for specified WAN
interface.
1: Enable the function of setting RIP of WAN IP.
0: Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip wanrip ?
Valid ex:ip wanrip <ifno> -e <0/1>
<ifno> 1: WAN1,2: WAN2
3: PVC3,4: PVC4,5: PVC5
-e <0/1> 0: disable, 1: enable
Now status:
WAN[1] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[2] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[3] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[4] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[5] Rip Protocol disable
> ip wanrip 5 -e 1
> ip wanrip ?
Valid ex:ip wanrip <ifno> -e <0/1>
<ifno> 1: WAN1,2: WAN2
3: PVC3,4: PVC4,5: PVC5
-e <0/1> 0: disable, 1: enable
Now status:
WAN[1] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[2] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[3] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[4] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[5] Rip Protocol enable
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
224
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
This command allows users to set static route.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip route add [dst] [netmask][gateway][ifno][rtype]
ip route del [dst] [netmask][rtype]
ip route status
ip route cnc
ip route default [wan1/wan2/off/?]
ip route clean [1/0]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
add It means to add an IP address as static route.
del It means to delete specified IP address.
status It means current status of static route.
dst It means the IP address of the destination.
netmask It means the netmask of the specified IP address.
gateway It means the gateway of the connected router.
ifno It means the connection interface.
3=WAN1 5=WAN3,6=WAN4,7=WAN5
However,
WAN3, WAN4, WAN5 are router-borne WANs
rtype It means the type of the route.
default : default route;
static: static route.
cnc It means current IP range for CNC Network.
default Set WAN1/WAN2/off as current default route.
clean Clean all of the route settings.
1: Enable the function.
0: Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip route add 172.16.2.0 255.255.255.0 172.16.2.4 3 static
> ip route status
Codes: C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, * - default, ~ - private
C~ 192.168.1.0/ 255.255.255.0 is directly connected, LAN1
S 172.16.2.0/ 255.255.255.0 via 172.16.2.4, WAN1
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
225
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
i
i
g
g
m
m
p
p
_
_
p
p
r
r
o
o
x
x
y
y
This command allows users to enable/disable igmp proxy server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip igmp_proxy set
ip igmp_proxy reset
ip igmp_proxy wan
ip igmp_proxy t_home[on/off/show/help]
ip igmp_proxy query
ip igmp_proxy ppp [0/1]
ip igmp_proxy status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
set It means to enable proxy server.
reset It means to disable proxy server.
wan It means to specify WAN interface for IGMP service.
t_home It means to specify t_home proxy server for using.
On/off/show/help It means to turn on/off/display or get more information of the
T_home service.
query It means to set IGMP general query interval.
The default value is 125000 ms.
ppp 0 – No need to set IGMP with PPP header.
1 – Set IGMP with PPP header.
status It means to display current status for proxy server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip igmp t_home on
%T-Home Setting:
%T-Home Service is turned on.
%WAN1 : Enabled, connection type: PPPoE, without tag for ADSL
%WAN5 : Enabled, connection type: DHCP, tag: 8
%: PVC4(WAN5) is bound to PVC0(WAN1), protocol=MPoA 1483 Bridge
%IGMP Proxy Interface: WAN5(PVC)
%WAN5 for Router-borne Application/ IPTV on/off: ON
> ip igmp_proxy query 130000
This command is for setting IGMP General Query Interval
The default value is 125000 ms
Current Setting is:130000 ms
>
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
226
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
m
m
z
z
Specify MAC address of certain device as the DMZ host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip dmz [mac]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
mac It means the MAC address of the device that you want to specify
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip dmz ?
% ip dmz <mac>, now : 00-00-00-00-00-00
> ip dmz 11-22-33-44-55-66
> ip dmz ?
% ip dmz <mac>, now : 11-22-33-44-55-66
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
s
s
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command allows users to set maximum session limit number for the specified IP; set
message for exceeding session limit and set how many seconds the IP session block works.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip session on
ip session off
ip session default [num]
ip session defaultp2p [num]
ip session status
ip session show
ip session timer [num]
ip session [block/unblock][IP]
ip session [add/del][IP1-IP2][num][p2pnum]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on session limit for each IP.
off It means to turn off session limit for each IP.
default [num] It means to set the default number of session num limit.
Defautlp2p [num] It means to set the default number of session num limit for p2p.
status It means to display the current settings.
show It means to display all session limit settings in the IP range.
timer [num] It means to set when the IP session block works.
The unit is second.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
227
[block/unblock][IP] It means to block/unblock the specified IP address.
Block: The IP cannot access Internet through the router.
Unblock: The specified IP can access Internet through the router.
add It means to add the session limits in an IP range.
del It means to delete the session limits in an IP range.
IP1-IP2 It means the range of IP address specified for this command.
num It means the number of the session limits, e.g., 100.
p2pnum It means the number of the session limits, e.g., 50 for P2P.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip session default 100
> ip session add 192.168.1.5-192.168.1.100 100 50
> ip session on
> ip session status
IP range:
192.168.1.5 - 192.168.1.100 : 100
Current ip session limit is turn on
Current default session number is 100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
b
b
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
This command allows users to set maximum bandwidth limit number for the specified IP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip bandwidth on
ip bandwidth off
ip bandwidth default [tx_rate][rx_rate]
ip bandwidth status
ip bandwidth show
ip bandwidth [add/del] [IP1-IP2][tx][rx][shared]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on the IP bandwidth limit.
off It means to turn off the IP bandwidth limit.
default [tx_rate][rx_rate] It means to set default tx and rx rate of bandwidth limit. The
range is from 0 – 65535 Kpbs.
status It means to display the current settings.
show It means to display all the bandwidth limits settings within the IP
range.
add It means to add the bandwidth within the IP range.
del It means to delete the bandwidth within the IP range.
IP1-IP2 It means the range of IP address specified for this command.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
228
tx It means to set transmission rate for bandwidth limit.
rx It means to set receiving rate for bandwidth limit.
shared It means that the bandwidth will be shared for the IP range.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip bandwidth default 200 800
> ip bandwidth add 192.168.1.50-192.168.1.100 10 60
> ip bandwidth status
IP range:
192.168.1.50 - 192.168.1.100 : Tx:10K Rx:60K
Current ip Bandwidth limit is turn off
Auto adjustment is off
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
b
b
i
i
n
n
d
d
m
m
a
a
c
c
This command allows users to set IP-MAC binding for LAN host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip bindmac on
ip bindmac off
ip bindmac strict_on
ip bindmac show
ip bindmac add [IP][MAC][Comment]
ip bindmac del [IP]/all
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on IP bandmac policy. Even the IP is not in the
policy table, it can still access into network.
off It means to turn off all the bindmac policy.
strict_on It means that only those IP address in IP bindmac policy table can
access into network.
show It means to display the IP address and MAC address of the pair of
binded one.
add It means to add one ip bindmac.
del It means to delete one ip bindmac.
IP It means to type the IP address for binding with specified MAC
address.
MAC It means to type the MAC address for binding with the IP address
specified.
Comment It means to type words as a brief description.
All It means to delete all the IP bindmac settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
22
9
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip bindmac add 192.168.1.46 00:50:7f:22:33:55 just for test
> ip bindmac show
ip bind mac function is turned ON
IP : 192.168.1.46 bind MAC : 00-50-7f-22-33-55 Comment : just
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
230
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
m
m
a
a
x
x
n
n
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
This command is used to set the maximum number of NAT users.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip maxnatuser user no
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
User no A number specified here means the total NAT users that Vigor
device supports.
0 – It means no limitation.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip maxnatuser 100
% Max NAT user = 100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command allows users to set the IPv6 address for your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 addr -s [prefix] [prefix-length] [LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#]
ip6 addr -d [prefix] [prefix-length] [LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#]
ip6 addr -a [LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to add a static ipv6 address.
-d It means to delete an ipv6 address.
-a It means to show current address(es) status.
-u It means to show only unicast addresses.
prefix It means to type the prefix number of IPv6 address.
prefix-length It means to type a fixed value as the length of the prefix.
LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface# It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 addr -a
LAN
Unicast Address:
FE80::250:7FFF:FE00:0/64 (Link)
Multicast Address:
FF02::2
FF02::1:FF00:0
FF02::1
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
231
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
r
r
e
e
q
q
_
_
o
o
p
p
t
t
This command is used to configure option-request settings for DHCPv6 client.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 dhcp req_opt [LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#] [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
req_opt It means option-request.
LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface# It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a It means to show current DHCPv6 status.
-s It means to ask the SIP.
-S It means to ask the SIP name.
-d It means to ask the DNS setting.
-D It means to ask the DNS name.
-n It means to ask NTP.
-i It means to ask NIS.
-I It means to ask NIS name.
-p It means to ask NISP.
-P It means to ask NISP name.
-b It means to ask BCMCS.
-B It means to ask BCMCS name.
-r It means to ask refresh time.
Parameter 1: the parameter related to the request will be displayed.
0: the parameter related to the request will not be displayed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 dhcp req_opt WAN2 -S 1
> ip6 dhcp req_opt WAN2 -r 1
> ip6 dhcp req_opt WAN2 -a
% Interface WAN2 is set to request following DHCPv6 options:
% sip name
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
c
c
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
This command allows you to use DHCPv6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 dhcp client [WAN1|WAN2|iface#] [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
client It means the dhcp client settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
232
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a It means to show current DHCPv6 status.
-p [IAID] It means to request identity association ID for Prefix Delegation.
-n [IAID] It means to request identity association ID for Non-temporary
Address.
-c [parameter] It means to send rapid commit to server.
-i [parameter] It means to send information request to server.
-e[parameter] It means to enable or disable the DHCPv6 client.
1: Enable
0: Disable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –p 2008::1
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –a
Interface WAN2 has following DHCPv6 client settings:
DHCPv6 client enabled
request IA_PD whose IAID equals to 2008
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –n 1023456
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –a
Interface WAN2 has following DHCPv6 client settings:
DHCPv6 client enabled
request IA_NA whose IAID equals to 2008
> system reboot
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
e
e
r
r
This command allows you to configure DHCPv6 server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 dhcp server [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
server It means the dhcp server settings.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a It means to show current DHCPv6 status.
-i<pool_min_addr> It means to set the start IPv6 address of the address pool.
-x<pool_max_addr> It means to set the end IPv6 address of the address pool.
-d<addr> It means to set the first DNS IPv6 address.
-D<addr> It means to set the second DNS IPv6 address.
-c<parameter> It means to send rapid commit to server.
1: Enable
0: Disable
-e<parameter> It means to enable or disable the DHCPv6 server.
1: Enable
0: Disable
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
233
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 dhcp server -d FF02::1
> ip6 dhcp server -i ff02::1
> ip6 dhcp server -x ff02::3
> ip6 dhcp server -a
% Interface LAN has following DHCPv6 server settings:
% DHCPv6 server disabled
% maximum address of the pool: FF02::3
% minimum address of the pool: FF02::1
% 1st DNS IPv6 Addr: FF02::1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows you to configure settings for accessing Internet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 internet -W n -M n [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-W n W means to set WAN interface and n means different selections.
Default is WAN1.
n=1: WAN1
n=2: WAN2
n=3: WAN3
.
.
n=X: WANx
-M n M means to set Internet Access Mode (Mandatory) and n means
different modes (represented by 0 – 5)
n= 0: Offline,
n=1: PPP,
n=2: TSPC,
n=3: AICCU,
n=4: DHCPv6,
n=5: Static
n=6:6in4-Static
n=7:6rd
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-m n It means to set IPv6 MTU.
N = any value (0 means “unspecified”).
-u <username> It means to set Username.
<username>= type a name as the username (maximum 63
characters).
-p <password> It means to set Password.
<password> = type a password (maximum 63 characters).
-s <server> It means to set Tunnel Server IP.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
234
<server>= IPv4 address or URL (maximum 63 characters).
-d <server> It means to set the primary DNS Server IP.
<server>= type an IPv6 address for first DNS server.
-D <server> It means to set the secondary DNS Server IP.
<server>= type an IPv6 address for second DNS server.
-t <dhcp/ra/none> It means to set IPv6 PPP WAN test mode for DHCP or RADVD.
<dhcp/ra/none>= type IPv6 address.
-V It means to view IPv6 Internet Access Profile.
-o It means to set AICCU always on.
1=On,
0=Off
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 internet -W 2 -M 2 -u 88886666 -p draytek123456 –s
amsterdam.freenet6.net
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
> system reboot
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
n
n
e
e
i
i
g
g
h
h
This command allows you to display IPv6 neighbour table.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 neigh -s[ inet6_addr] [eth_addr] [LAN|WAN1|WAN2]
ip6 neigh -d [inet6_addr] [LAN|WAN1|WAN2]
ip6 neigh -a [inet6_addr] [-N LAN|WAN1|WAN2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to add a neighbour.
-d It means to delete a neighbour.
-a It means to show neighbour status.
inet6_addr Type an IPv6 address
eth_addr Type submask address.
LAN|WAN1|WAN2 Specify an interface for the neighbor.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 neigh -s 2001:2222:3333::1111 00:50:7F:11:ac:22:WAN2
Neighbour 2001:2222:3333::1111 successfully added!
> ip6 neigh -a
I/F ADDR MAC STATE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LAN FF02::1 33-33-00-00-00-01 CONNECTED
WAN2 2001:5C0:1400:B::10B8 00-00-00-00-00-00 CONNECTED
WAN2 2001:2222:3333::1111 00-00-00-00-00-00 CONNECTED
WAN2 2001:2222:6666::1111 00-00-00-00-00-00 CONNECTED
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
235
WAN2 :: 00-00-00-00-00-00 CONNECTED
LAN :: NONE
>
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
236
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
p
p
n
n
e
e
i
i
g
g
h
h
This command allows you to add a proxy neighbour.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 pneigh -s inet6_addr [LAN|WAN1|WAN2]
ip6 pneigh -d inet6_addr [LAN|WAN1|WAN2]
ip6 pneigh -a [inet6_addr] [-N LAN|WAN1|WAN2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to add a proxy neighbour.
-d It means to delete a proxy neighbour.
-a It means to show proxy neighbour status.
inet6_addr Type an IPv6 address
LAN|WAN1|WAN2 Specify an interface for the proxy neighbor.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 neigh -s FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:300 LAN
% Neighbour FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:300 successfully added!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
This command allows you to
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 route -s [prefix] [prefix-length] [gateway] [LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#> [-D]
ip6 route -d [prefix] [prefix-length]
ip6 route -a [LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to add a route.
-d It means to delete a route.
-a It means to show the route status.
-D It means that such route will be treated as the default route.
prefix It means to type the prefix number of IPv6 address.
prefix-length It means to type a fixed value as the length of the prefix.
gateway It means the gateway of the router.
LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface# It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 route -s FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:500 16 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:100 LAN
% Route FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:500/16 successfully added!
> ip6 route -a LAN
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
237
PREFIX/PREFIX-LEN _EXPIRES_ _NEXT-HOP_ I/F METRIC STATE FLAGS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE80::/128 LAN 0 UNICAST U
0 ::
FE80::250:7FFF:FE00:0/128 LAN 0 UNICAST U
0 ::
FE80::/64 LAN 256 UNICAST U
0
FE80::/16 LAN 1024 UNICAST UGA
0 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:100
FF02::1/128 LAN 0 UNICAST UC
0 FF02::1
FF00::/8 LAN 256 UNICAST U
0
::/0 LAN -1 UNREACHABLE !
0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command allows you to pin an IPv6 address or a host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 ping [IPV6 address/Host] [LAN/WAN1/WAN2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IPV6 address/Host It means to specify the IPv6 address or host for ping.
LAN/WAN1/WAN2 It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 ping 2001:4860:4860::8888 WAN2
Pinging 2001:4860:4860::8888 with 64 bytes of Data:
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Packets: Sent = 5, Received = 5, Lost = 0 <% loss>
>
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
238
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
t
t
r
r
a
a
c
c
e
e
r
r
t
t
This command allows you to trace the routes from the router to the host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 tracert [IPV6 address/Host][LAN//WAN1/WAN2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IPV6 address/Host It means to specify the IPv6 address or host for ping.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 tracert 2001:4860:4860::8888
traceroute to 2001:4860:4860::8888, 30 hops max through protocol ICMP
1 2001:5C0:1400:B::10B8 340 ms
2 2001:4DE0:1000:A22::1 330 ms
3 2001:4DE0:A::1 330 ms
4 2001:4DE0:1000:34::1 340 ms
5 2001:7F8:1: :A501:5169:1 330 ms
6 2001:4860::1:0:4B3 350 ms
7 2001:4860::8:0:2DAF 330 ms
8 2001:4860::2:0:66
E
340 ms
9 Request timed out. *
10 2001:4860:4860::8888 350 ms
Trace complete.
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
t
t
s
s
p
p
c
c
This command allows you to display TSPC status.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 tspc [ifno]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno It means the connection interface.
Ifno=1 (means WAN1)
Info=2 (means WAN2)
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 tspc 2
Local Endpoint v4 Address : 111.243.177.223
Local Endpoint v6 Address : 2001:05c0:1400:000b:0000:0000:0000:10b9
Router DNS name : 8886666.broker.freenet6.net
Remote Endpoint v4 Address :81.171.72.11
Remote Endpoint v6 Address : 2001:05c0:1400:000b:0000:0000:0000:10b8
Tspc Prefixlen : 56
Tunnel Broker: Amsterdam.freenet.net
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
239
Status: Connected
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
r
r
a
a
d
d
v
v
d
d
This command allows you to enable or disable RADVD server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Ip6 radvd –s [1|0] [lifetime]
ip6 radvd –V
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to enable or disable the default lifetime of the RADVD
server.
1: Enable the RADVD server.
0: Disable the RADVD server.
Lifetime It means to set the lifetime.
The lifetime associated with the default router in units of seconds.
It’s used to control the lifetime of the prefix. The maximum value
corresponds to 18.2 hours. A lifetime of 0 indicates that the router
is not a default router and should not appear on the default router
list.
Type the number (unit: second) you want.
-V It means to show the RADVD configuration.
-r It means RA default test.
-r [num] It means RA test for item [num].
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 radvd -s 1 1800
> ip6 radvd -V
% IPv6 Radvd Config:
Radvd : Enable, Default Lifetime : 1800 seconds
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
This command allows you to manage the settings for access list.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 mngt list
ip6 mngt list [add<index> <prefix> <prefix-length>|remove <index>|flush]
ip6 mngt status
ip6 mngt [http|telnet|ping|https|ssh] [on|off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
list It means to show the setting information of the access list.
status It means to show the status of IPv6 management.
add It means to add an IPv6 address which can be used to execute
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
240
management through Internet.
index It means the number (1, 2 and 3) allowed to be configured for IPv6
management.
prefix It means to type the IPv6 address which will be used for accessing
Internet.
prefix-length It means to type a fixed value as the length of the prefix.
remove It means to remove (delete) the specified index number with IPv6
settings.
flush It means to clear the IPv6 access table.
http|telnet|ping|https|ssh These protocols are used for accessing Internet.
on|off It means to enable (on) or disable (off) the Internet accessing
through http/telnet/ping.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 mngt list add 1 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:1010 128
> ip6 mngt list add 2 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:1020 128
> ip6 mngt list add 3 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:2080 128
> ip6 mngt list
% IPv6 Access List :
Index IPv6 Prefix Prefix Length
========================================
1 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:1010 128
2 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:1020 128
3 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:2080 128
> ip6 mngt status
% IPv6 Remote Management :
telnet : off, http : off, ping : off
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
o
o
n
n
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
This command allows you to check the online status of IPv6 LAN /WAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 online [ifno]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno It means the connection interface.
0=LAN1
1=WAN1
2=WAN2
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 online 0
% LAN 1 online status :
% Interface : UP
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
241
% Tx packets = 408, Tx bytes = 32160, Rx packets = 428, Rx bytes =
33636
> ip6 online 1
% WAN 1 online status :
% IPv6 WAN1 Disabled
% Default Gateway : ::
% UpTime : 0:00:00
% Interface : DOWN
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% Tx packets = 0, Tx bytes = 0, Rx packets = 0, Rx bytes = 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
a
a
i
i
c
c
c
c
u
u
This command allows you to set IPv6 settings for WAN interface with connection type of
AICCU.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 aiccu [ifno]
ip6 aiccu subnet [add <ifno> <prefix> <prefix-length>|remove <ifno>|show <info>]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno It means the connection interface.
1=WAN1
2=WAN2
add It means to add an IPv6 address which can be used to execute
management through Internet.
prefix It means to type the IPv6 address which will be used for accessing
Internet.
prefix-length It means to type a fixed value as the length of the prefix.
remove It means to remove (delete) the specified index number with IPv6
settings.
show It means to display the AICCU status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 aiccu subnet add 2 2001:1111:0000::1111 64
> ip6 aiccu 2
Status: Connecting
>ip6 aiccu subnet show 2
IPv6 WAN2 AICCU Subnet Prefix Config:
2001:1111::1111/64
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
n
n
t
t
p
p
This command allows you to set IPv6 settings for NTP (Network Time Protocols) server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
242
ip6 ntp –h
ip6 ntp –v
ip6 ntp –p [0/1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
–h It is used to display the usage of such command.
-v It is used to show the NTP state.
-p <0/1> It is used to specify NTP server for IPv6.
0 – Auto
1 – First Query IPv6 NTP Server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 ntp -p 1
% Set NTP Priority: IPv6 First
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
v
v
i
i
e
e
w
w
IPF users to view the version of the IP filter, to view/set the log flag, to view the running IP
filter rules.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipf view [-VcdhrtzZ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-V It means to show the version of this IP filter.
-c It means to show the running call filter rules.
-d It means to show the running data filter rules.
-h It means to show the hit-number of the filter rules.
-r It means to show the running call and data filter rules.
-t It means to display all the information at one time.
-z It means to clear a filter rule’s statistics.
-Z It means to clear IP filters gross statistics.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ipf view -V -c -d
ipf: IP Filter: v3.3.1 (1824)
Kernel: IP Filter: v3.3.1
Running: yes
Log Flags: 0x80947278 = nonip
Default: pass all, Logging: available
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
s
s
e
e
t
t
This command is used to set general rule for firewall.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
243
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipf set [Options]
ipf set [SET_NO] rule [RULE_NO] [Options]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Options There are several options provided here, such as -v, -c [SET_NO], -d
[SET_NO],… and etc.
SET_NO It means to specify the index number (from 1 to 12) of filter set.
RULE_NO It means to specify the index number (from 1 to 7) of filter rule set.
-v Type “-v” to view the configuration of general set.
-c [SET_NO] It means to setup Call Filter, e.g., -c 2. The range for the index
number you can type is “0” to “12” (0 means “disable).
-d [SET_NO] It means to setup Data Filter, e.g., -d 3. The range for the index
number you can type is “0” to “12” (0 means “disable).
-l [VALUE] It means to setup Log Flag, e.g., -l 2
Type “0” to disable the log flag.
Type “1” to display the log of passed packet.
Type “2” to display the log of blocked packet.
Type “3” to display the log of non-matching packet.
- p [VALUE] It means to setup actions for packet not matching any rule, e.g., -p
1
Type “0” to let all the packets pass;
Type “1” to block all the packets.
-R <v4/v6> <Enable/Disable> Accept routing packet from WAN.
i.e: -R "v4 0" : Set Accept routing packet from WAN by IPv4 is enable
i.e: -R "v4 1" : Set Accept routing packet from WAN by IPv6 is disable
i.e: -R "v6 0" : Set Accept routing packet from WAN by IPv4 is enable
i.e: -R "v6 1" : Set Accept routing packet from WAN by IPv6 is disable
-L [VALUE] Enable/Disable Strict Security Firewall.
VALUE : 0:Disable, 1:Enable.
-C[ VALUE] Setup code page.
VALUE : code page number ('?' for more information).
-U [URL_NO] It means to configure URL content filter for the packets not
matching with any rule, e.g., -U 1
Type “0” to let all the packets pass;
Type “1” to block all the packets.
-a [AD_SET] It means to configure the advanced settings.
-f [VALUE] It means to accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets.
VALUE : 0:Disable, 1:Enable
-E [VALUE] It means to set the maximum count (0-10000) for session limitation.
-Q [VALUE] It means to set the QoS class.
VALUE: the value from 0 to 4.
0:None, 1:Class 1, 2:Class 2, 3:Class 3, 4:Default Class
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ipf set -c 1 #set call filter start from set 1
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
244
Setting saved.
> ipf set -d 2 #set data filter start from set 2
Setting saved.
> ipf set -v
Call Filter: Enable (Start Filter Set = 1)
Data Filter: Enable (Start Filter Set = 2)
Log Flag : None
Actions for packet not matching any rule:
Pass or Block : Pass
CodePage : ANSI(1252)-Latin I
Max Sessions Limit: 60000
Current Sessions : 0
Mac Bind IP : Non-Strict
QOS Class : None
APP Enforcement : None
URL Content Filter: None
Load-Balance policy : Auto-select
--------------------------------------------------------------
CodePage : ANSI(1252)-Latin I
Window size : 65535
Session timeout : 1440
DrayTek Banner : Enable
---------------------------------------------------------------
Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets : Enable
Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets: Enable
----------------------------------------------------------------
Strict Security Checking
[ ]APP Enforcement
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
r
r
u
u
l
l
e
e
This command is used to set filter rule for firewall.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipf rule s r [-<command> <parameter> | ...
ipf rule s r -v
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
s Such word means Filter Set, range form 1~12.
r Such word means Filter Rule, range from 1~7.
<Command><parameter> The following lists all of the available commands with parameters.
-e It means to enable or disable the rule setting.
0- disable
1- enable
-s o:g <obj> It means to specify source IP object and IP group.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
245
o - indicates “object”.
g - indicates “group”.
obj - indicates index number of object or index number of group.
Available settings range from 1-192. For example, “-s g 3" means
the third source IP group profile.
–s u <Address Type> <Start IP
Address> <End IP Address> |
<Address Mask>
It means to configure source IP address including address type,
start IP address, end IP address and address mask.
u – It means “user defined”.
Address Type - Type the number (representing different address
type).
0 - Subnet Address
1 - Single Address
2 - Any Address
3 - Range Address
Example:
Set Subnet Address => -s u 0 192.168.1.10 255.255.255.0
Set Single Address => -s u 1 192.168.1.10
Set Any Address => -s u 2
Set Range Address => -s u 3 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.15
–d u <Address Type> <Start IP
Address> <End IP Address> |
<Address Mask>
It means to configure destination IP address including address type,
start IP address, end IP address and address mask.
u – It means “user defined”.
Address Type - Type the number (representing different address
type).
0 - Subnet Address
1 - Single Address
2 - Any Address
3 - Range Address
Example:
Set Subnet Address => -d u 0 192.168.1.10 255.255.255.0
Set Single Address => -d u 1 192.168.1.10
Set Any Address => -d u 2
Set Range Address => -d u 3 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.15
-d o:g <obj> It means to specify destination IP object and IP group.
o – indicates “object”.
g – indicates “group”
<obj>– indicates index number of object or index number of group.
Available settings range from 1-192. For example, “-d g 1" means
the first destination IP group profile.
-S o:g <obj> It means to specify Service Type object and IP group.
o – indicates “object”.
g – indicates “group”
<obj> – indicates index number of object or index number of group.
Available settings range from 1-96. For example, “-S 0 1" means the
first service type object profile.
-S u <protocol>
<source_port__value>
<destination_port_vale>
It means to configure advanced settings for Service Type, such as
protocol and port range.
u – it means “user defined”.
<protocol> – It means TCP(6),UDP(17), TCP/UDP(255).
<source_port__value> –
1 – Port OP, range is 0-3. 0:= =, 1:!=, 2:>, 3:<
3 – Port range of the Start Port Number, range is
1-65535.
5 – Port range of the End Port Number, range is 1-65535.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
246
<destination_port_value>:
2 – Port OP, range is 0-3, 0:==, 1:!=, 2:>, 3:<
4 – Port range of the Start Port Number, range is
1-65535.
6 – Port range of the End Port Number, range is 1-65535.
-F It means the Filter action you can specify.
0 –Pass Immediately,
1 – Block Immediately,
2 – Pass if no further match,
3 – Block if no further match.
-q It means the classification for QoS.
1– Class 1,
2 – Class 2,
3 – Class 3,
4 – Other
-l It means load balance policy.
Such function is used for “debug” only.
-E It means to enable APP Enforcement.
-a<index> It means to specify which APP Enforcement profile will be applied.
<index> – Available settings range from 0 ~ 32. “0” means no profile
will be applied.
-u<index> It means to specify which URL Content Filter profile will be applied.
<index> – Available settings range from 0 ~ 8. “0” means no profile
will be applied.
-c It means to set code page. Different number represents different
code page.
0. None
1. ANSI(1250)-Central Europe
2. ANSI(1251)-Cyrillic
3. ANSI(1252)-Latin I
4. ANSI(1253)-Greek
5. ANSI(1254)-Turkish
6. ANSI(1255)-Hebrew
7. ANSI(1256)-Arabic
8. ANSI(1257)-Baltic
9. ANSI(1258)-Viet Nam
10. OEM(437)-United States
11. OEM(850)-Multilingual Latin I
12. OEM(860)-Portuguese
13. OEM(861)-Icelandic
14. OEM(863)-Canadian French
15. OEM(865)-Nordic
16. ANSI/OEM(874)-Thai
17. ANSI/OEM(932)-Japanese Shift-JIS
18. ANSI/OEM(936)-Simplified Chinese GBK
19. ANSI/OEM(949)-Korean
20. ANSI/OEM(950)-Traditional Chinese Big5
-C <Windows Size>
<Session_Timeout>
It means to set Window size and Session timeout (Minute).
<Windows Size> - Available settings range from 1 ~ 65535.
<Session_Timeout> - Make the best utilization of network resources.
-v It is used to show current filter/rule settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
247
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ipf rule 2 1 -e 1 -s "o 1" -d "o 2" -S "o 1" -F 2
> ipf rule 2 1 -v
Filter Set 2 Rule 1:
Status : Enable
Comments: xNetBios -> DNS
Index(1-15) in Schedule Setup: <null>, <null>, <null>, <null>
Direction : LAN -> WAN
Source IP : Group1,
Destination IP: Group2,
Service Type : TCP/UDPGroup1,
Fragments : Don't Care
Pass or Block : Block Immediately
Branch to Other Filter Set: None
Max Sessions Limit : 32000
Current Sessions : 0
Mac Bind IP : Non-Strict
Qos Class : None
APP Enforcement : None
URL Content Filter : None
Load-Balance policy : Auto-select
Log : Disable
------------------------------------------------------------------
----
CodePage : ANSI(1252)-Latin I
Window size : 65535
Session timeout : 1440
DrayTek Banner : Enable
------------------------------------------------------------------
---
Strict Security Checking
[ ]APP Enforcement
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
f
f
l
l
o
o
w
w
t
t
r
r
a
a
c
c
k
k
This command is used to set and view flowtrack sessions.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipf flowtrack set [-re]
ipf flowtrack view [-f]
ipf flowtrack [-i][-p][-t]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
248
Parameter Description
-r It means to refresh the flowtrack.
-e It means to enable or disable the flowtrack.
0: Disable
1: Enable
-f It means to show the sessions state of flowtrack. If you do not
specify any IP address, then all the session state of flowtrack will be
displayed.
-b It means to show all of IP sessions state.
- i [IP address] It means to specify IP address (e.g,, -i 192.168.2.55).
-p[value] It means to type a port number (e.g., -p 1024).
Available settings are 0 ~ 65535.
-t [value] It means to specify a protocol (e.g., -t tcp).
Available settings include:
tcp
udp
icmp
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ipf flowtrack set -r
Refresh the flowstate ok
> ipf flowtrack view -f
Start to show the flowtrack sessions state:
ORIGIN>> 192.168.1.11:59939 -> 8.8.8.8: 53 ,ifno=0
REPLY >> 8.8.8.8: 53 -> 192.168.1.11:59939 ,ifno=3
proto=17, age=93023180(3920), flag=203
ORIGIN>> 192.168.1.11:15073 -> 8.8.8.8: 53 ,ifno=0
REPLY >> 8.8.8.8: 53 -> 192.168.1.11:15073 ,ifno=3
proto=17, age=93025100(2000), flag=203
ORIGIN>> 192.168.1.11: 7247 -> 8.8.8.8: 53 ,ifno=0
REPLY >> 8.8.8.8: 53 -> 192.168.1.11: 7247 ,ifno=3
proto=17, age=93020100(7000), flag=203
End to show the flowtrack sessions state
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
L
L
o
o
g
g
This command allows users to view log for WAN interface such as call log, IP filter log, flush
log buffer, etc.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
log [-cfhptwx?] [-F a| c | f | w]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-c It means to show the latest call log.
-f It means to show the IP filter log.
-F It means to show the flush log buffer.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
24
9
a: flush all logs
c: flush the call log
f: flush the IP filter log
w: flush the WAN log
-h It means to show this usage help.
-p It means to show PPP/MP log.
-t It means to show all logs saved in the log buffer.
-w It means to show WAN log.
-x It means to show packet body hex dump.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> log -w
25:36:25.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:33.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:41.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:49.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:57.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set FTP port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt ftpport [FTP port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
FTP port It means to type the number for FTP port. The default setting is
21.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
250
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt ftpport 21
% Set FTP server port to 21 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
t
t
t
t
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set HTTP port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt httpport [Http port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Http port It means to enter the number for HTTP port. The default setting is
80.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt httpport 80
% Set web server port to 80 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
t
t
t
t
p
p
s
s
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set HTTPS port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt httpsport [Https port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Https port It means to type the number for HTTPS port. The default setting is
443.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt httpsport 443
% Set web server port to 443 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
t
t
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set telnet port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt telnetport [Telnet port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Telnet port It means to type the number for telnet port. The default setting is
23.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt telnetport 23
% Set Telnet server port to 23 done.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
251
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
s
s
s
s
h
h
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set SSH port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt sshport [ssh port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ssh port It means to type the number for SSH port. The default setting is
22.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt sshport 23
% Set ssh port to 23 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
n
n
o
o
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command is used to pass or block Ping from LAN PC to the internet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt noping [on]
mngt noping [off]
mngt noping [viewlog]
mngt noping [clearlog]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on All PING packets will be forwarded from LAN PC to Internet.
off All PING packets will be blocked from LAN PC to Internet.
viewlog It means to display a log of ping action, including source MAC and
source IP.
clearlog It means to clear the log of ping action.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt noping off
No Ping Packet Out is OFF!!
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
252
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
d
d
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
w
w
o
o
r
r
m
m
This command can block specified port for passing through the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt defenseworm [on]
mngt defenseworm [off]
mngt defenseworm [add port]
mngt defenseworm [del port]
mngt defenseworm [viewlog]
mngt defenseworm [clearlog]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to activate the function of defense worm packet out.
off It means to inactivate the function of defense worm packet out.
add port It means to add a new TCP port for block.
del port It means to delete a TCP port for block.
viewlog It means to display a log of defense worm packet, including source
MAC and source IP.
clearlog It means to remove the log of defense worm packet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt defenseworm add 21
Add TCP port 21
Block TCP port list: 135, 137, 138, 139, 445, 21
> mngt defenseworm del 21
Delete TCP port 21
Block TCP port list: 135, 137, 138, 139, 445
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
r
r
m
m
t
t
c
c
f
f
g
g
This command can allow the system administrators to login from the Internet. By default, it is
not allowed.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt rmtcfg [status]
mngt rmtcfg [enable]
mngt rmtcfg [disable]
mngt rmtcfg [http/https/ftp/telnet/ssh/tr069] [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
status It means to display current setting for your reference.
enable It means to allow the system administrators to login from the
Internet.
disable It means to deny the system administrators to login from the
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
253
Internet.
http/https/ftp/telnet/ssh/t
r069
It means to specify one of the servers/protocols for enabling or
disabling.
on/off on – enable the function.
off – disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt rmtcfg ftp on
Enable server fail
Remote configure function has been disabled
please enable by enter mngt rmtcfg enable
> mngt rmtcfg enable
%% Remote configure function has been enabled.
> mngt rmtcfg ftp on
%% FTP server has been enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
e
e
c
c
h
h
o
o
i
i
c
c
m
m
p
p
This command allows users to reject or accept PING packets from the Internet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt echoicmp [enable]
mngt echoicmp [disable]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable It means to accept the echo ICMP packet.
disable It means to drop the echo ICMP packet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt echoicmp enable
%% Echo ICMP packet enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
a
a
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
l
l
i
i
s
s
t
t
This command allows you to specify that the system administrator can login from a specific
host or network. A maximum of three IPs/subnet masks is allowed.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt accesslist list
mngt accesslist add [index][ip addr][mask]
mngt accesslist remove [index]
mngt accesslist flush
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
254
list It can display current setting for your reference.
add It means adding a new entry.
index It means to specify the number of the entry.
ip addr It means to specify an IP address.
mask It means to specify the subnet mask for the IP address.
remove It means to delete the selected item.
flush It means to remove all the settings in the access list.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt accesslist add 1 192.168.1.89 255.255.255.0
%% Set OK.
> mngt accesslist list
%% Access list :
Index IP address Subnet mask
==========================================
1 192.168.1.89 255.255.255.0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
s
s
n
n
m
m
p
p
This command allows you to configure SNMP for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt snmp [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-e <1/2> 1: Enable the SNMP function.
2: Disable the SNMP function.
-g<Community name> It means to set the name for getting community by typing a proper
character. (max. 23 characters)
-s <Community name> It means to set community by typing a proper name. (max. 23
characters)
-m <IP address> It means to set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function.
Please type in IPv4 address to specify certain host.
-t <Community name> It means to set trap community by typing a proper name. (max. 23
characters)
-n <IP address> It means to set the IPv4 address of the host that will receive the
trap community.
-T <seconds> It means to set the trap timeout <0~999>.
-V It means to list SNMP setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt snmp -e 1 -g draytek -s DK -m 192.168.1.1 -t trapcom -n 10.20.3.40
-T 88
SNMP Agent Turn on!!!
Get Community set to draytek
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
255
Set Community set to DK
Manager Host IP set to 192.168.1.1
Trap Community set to trapcom
Notification Host IP set to 10.20.3.40
Trap Timeout set to 88 seconds
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
o
o
b
b
j
j
This command is used to create an IP object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object ip obj setdefault
object ip obj INDEX -v
object ip obj INDEX -n NAME
object ip obj INDEX -i INTERFACE
object ip obj INDEX -s INVERT
object ip obj INDEX -a TYPE [START_IP] [END/MASK_IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified object profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified object profile.
Example: object ip obj 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IP object.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example:
object ip obj 9 -n bruce
-i INTERFACE It means to define an interface for the IP object.
INTERFACE=0, means any
INTERFACE=1, means LAN
INTERFACE=3, means WAN
Example:
object ip obj 8 -i 0
-s INVERT It means to set invert seletion for the object profile.
INVERT=0, means disableing the function.
INVERT=1, means enabling the function.
Example:
object ip obj 3 -s 1
-a TYPE It means to set the address type and IP for the IP object profile.
TYPE=0, means Mask
TYPE=1, means Single
TYPE=2, means Any
TYPE=3, means Rang
Example:
object ip obj 3 -a 2
[START_IP] When the TYPE is set with 2, you have to type an IP address as a
starting point and another IP address as end point.
Type an IP address.
[END/MASK_IP] Type an IP address (different with START_IP) as the end IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
256
> object ip obj 1 -n marketing
> object ip obj 1 -a 1 192.168.1.45
> object ip obj 1 -v
IP Object Profile 1
Name :[marketing]
Interface:[Any]
Address type:[single]
Start ip address:[192.168.1.45]
End/Mask ip address:[0.0.0.0]
Invert Selection:[0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
g
g
r
r
p
p
This command is used to integrate several IP objects under an IP group profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object ip grp setdefault
object ip grp INDEX -v
object ip grp INDEX -n NAME
object ip grp INDEX -i INTERFACE
object ip grp INDEX -a IP_OBJ_INDEX
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified group profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified group profile.
Example: object ip grp 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IP group.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object ip grp 8 -n bruce
-i INTERFACE It means to define an interface for the IP group.
INTERFACE=0, means any
INTERFACE=1, means LAN
INTERFACE=2, means WAN
Example:
object ip grp 3 -i 0
-a IP_OBJ_INDEX It means to specify IP object profiles for the group profile.
Example: :object ip grp 3 -a 1 2 3 4 5
The IP object profiles with index number 1,2,3,4 and 5 will be group
under such profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object ip grp 2 -n First
IP Group Profile 2
Name :[First]
Interface:[Any]
Included ip object index:
[0:][0]
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
25
7
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
> object ip grp 2 -i 1
> object ip grp 2 -a 1 2
IP Group Profile 2
Name :[First]
Interface:[Lan]
Included ip object index:
[0:][1]
[1:][2]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
258
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
v
v
6
6
o
o
b
b
j
j
This comman is used to create an IP object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object ip obj setdefault
object ip obj INDEX -v
object ip obj INDEX -n NAME
object ip obj INDEX -i INTERFACE
object ip obj INDEX -s INVERT
object ip obj INDEX -a TYPE [START_IP] [END/MASK_IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified object profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified object profile.
Example: object ip obj 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IP object.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object ip obj 9 -n bruce
-i INTERFACE It means to define an interface for the IP object.
INTERFACE=0, means any
INTERFACE=1, means LAN
INTERFACE=3, means WAN
Example:
object ip obj 8 -i 0
-s INVERT It means to set invert seletion for the object profile.
INVERT=0, means disableing the function.
INVERT=1, means enabling the function.
Example:
object ip obj 3 -s 1
-a TYPE It means to set the address type and IP for the IP object profile.
TYPE=0, means Mask
TYPE=1, means Single
TYPE=2, means Any
TYPE=3, means Rang
Example:
object ip obj 3 -a 2
[START_IP] When the TYPE is set with 2, you have to type an IP address as a
starting point and another IP address as end point.
Type an IP address.
[END/MASK_IP] Type an IP address (different with START_IP) as the end IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object ip obj 1 -n marketing
> object ip obj 1 -a 1 192.168.1.45
> object ip obj 1 -v
IP Object Profile 1
Name :[marketing]
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
25
9
Interface:[Any]
Address type:[single]
Start ip address:[192.168.1.45]
End/Mask ip address:[0.0.0.0]
Invert Selection:[0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
v
v
6
6
g
g
r
r
p
p
This command is used to integrate several IP objects under an IP group profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object ip grp setdefault
object ip grp INDEX -v
object ip grp INDEX -n NAME
object ip grp INDEX -i INTERFACE
object ip grp INDEX -a IP_OBJ_INDEX
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified group profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified group profile.
Example: object ip grp 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IP group.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object ip grp 8 -n bruce
-i INTERFACE It means to define an interface for the IP group.
INTERFACE=0, means any
INTERFACE=1, means LAN
INTERFACE=2, means WAN
Example:
object ip grp 3 -i 0
-a IP_OBJ_INDEX It means to specify IP object profiles for the group profile.
Example:
:object ip grp 3 -a 1 2 3 4 5
The IP object profiles with index number 1,2,3,4 and 5 will be group
under such profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object ip grp 2 -n First
IP Group Profile 2
Name :[First]
Interface:[Any]
Included ip object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
260
[7:][0]
> object ip grp 2 -i 1
> object ip grp 2 -a 1 2
IP Group Profile 2
Name :[First]
Interface:[Lan]
Included ip object index:
[0:][1]
[1:][2]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
o
o
b
b
j
j
This command is used to create service object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object service obj setdefault
object service obj INDEX -v
object service obj INDEX -n NAME
object service obj INDEX -p PROTOCOL
object service obj INDEX -s CHK [START_P] [END_P]
object service obj INDEX -d CHK [START_P] [END_P]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified service object profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified service object
profile.
Example:
object service obj 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IP object.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example:
object service obj 9 -n bruce
-i PROTOCOL It means to define a PROTOCOL for the service object profile.
PROTOCOL =0, means any
PROTOCOL =1, means ICMP
PROTOCOL =2, means IGMP
PROTOCOL =6, means TCP
PROTOCOL =17, means UDP
PROTOCOL =255, means TCP/UDP
Other values mean other protocols.
Example:
object service obj 8 -i 0
CHK It means the check action for the port setting.
0=equal(=), when the starting port and ending port values are the
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
261
same, it indicates one port; when the starting port and ending port
values are different, it indicates a range for the port and available
for this service type.
1=not equal(!=), when the starting port and ending port values are
the same, it indicates all the ports except the port defined here;
when the starting port and ending port values are different, it
indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are
available for this service type.
2=larger(>), the port number greater than this value is available..
3=less(<), the port number less than this value is available for this
profile.
-s CHK [START_P] [END_P] It means to set souce port check and configure port range (1~65565)
for TCP/UDP.
END_P, type a port number to indicate source port.
Example:
object service obj 3 -s 0 100 200
-d CHK [START_P] [END_P] It means to set destination port check and configure port range
(1~65565) for TCP/UDP.
END_P, type a port number to indicate destination port.
Example:
object service obj 3 -d 1 100 200
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object service obj 1 -n limit
> object service obj 1 -p 255
> object service obj 1 -s 1 120 240
> object service obj 1 -d 1 200 220
> object service obj 1 -v
Service Object Profile 1
Name :[limit]
Protocol:[255]
Source port check action:[!=]
Source port range:[120~240]
Destination port check action:[!=]
Destination port range:[200~220]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
g
g
r
r
p
p
This command is used to integrate several service objects under a service group profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object service grp setdefault
object service grp INDEX -v
object service grp INDEX -n NAME
object service grp INDEX -a SER_OBJ_INDEX
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified group profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified group profile.
Example: object service grp 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the service group.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
262
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object service grp 8 -n bruce
-a SER_OBJ_INDEX It means to specify service object profiles for the group profile.
Example: :object service grp 3 -a 1 2 3 4 5
The service object profiles with index number 1,2,3,4 and 5 will be
group under such profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>object service grp 1 -n Grope_1
Service Group Profile 1
Name :[Grope_1]
Included service object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
> object service grp 1 -a 1 2
Service Group Profile 1
Name :[Grope_1]
Included service object index:
[0:][1]
[1:][2]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
k
k
w
w
This command is used to create keyword profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object kw obj setdefault
object kw obj show PAGE
object kw obj INDEX -v
object kw obj INDEX -n NAME
object kw obj INDEX -a CONTENTS
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
show PAGE It means to show the contents of the specified profile.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
263
PAGE: type the page number.
show It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified keyword profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified keyword profile.
-n NAME It means to define a name for the keyword profile.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
-a CONTENTS It means to set the contents for the keyword profile.
Example:
object kw obj 40 -a test
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object kw obj 1 -n children
Profile 1
Name :[children]
Content:[]
> object kw obj 1 -a gambling
Profile 1
Name :[children]
Content:[gambling]
> object kw obj 1 -v
Profile 1
Name :[children]
Content:[gambling]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
f
f
e
e
This command is used to create File Extension Object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object fe show
object fe setdefault
object fe obj INDEX -v
object fe obj INDEX -n NAME
object fe obj INDEX -e CATEGORY|FILE_EXTENSION
object fe obj INDEX -d CATEGORY|FILE_EXTENSION
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number (from 1 to 8) of the specified file
extension object profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified file extension
object profile.
-n NAME It means to define a name for the file extension object profile.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
-e It means to enable the specific CATEGORY or FILE_EXTENSION.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
264
-d It means to disable the specific CATEGORY or FILE_EXTENSION
CATEGORY|FILE_EXTENSION CATEGORY:
Image, Video, Audio, Java, ActiveX, Compression, Executation
Example: object fe obj 1 -e Image
FILE_EXTENSION:
".bmp", ".dib", ".gif", ".jpeg", ".jpg", ".jpg2", ".jp2", ".pct",
".pcx", ".pic", ".pict", ".png", ".tif", ".tiff", ".asf", ".avi",
".mov", ".mpe", ".mpeg", ".mpg", ".mp4", ".qt", ".rm", ".wmv",
".3gp", ".3gpp", ".3gpp2", ".3g2", ".aac", ".aiff", ".au", ".mp3",
".m4a", ".m4p", ".ogg", ".ra", ".ram", ".vox", ".wav", ".wma",
".class", ".jad", ".jar", ".jav", ".java", ".jcm", ".js", ".jse",
".jsp", ".jtk", ".alx", ".apb", ".axs", ".ocx", ".olb", ".ole",
".tlb", ".viv", ".vrm", ".ace", ".arj", ".bzip2", ".bz2", ".cab",
".gz", ".gzip", ".rar", ".sit", ".zip", ".bas", ".bat", ".com",
".exe", ".inf", ".pif", ".reg", ".scr"
Example:
object fe obj 1 -e .bmp
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object fe obj 1 -n music
> object fe obj 1 -e Audio
> object fe obj 1 -v
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[music]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Image category:
[ ].bmp [ ].dib [ ].gif [ ].jpeg [ ].jpg [ ].jpg2 [ ].jp2 [ ].pct
[ ].pcx [ ].pic [ ].pict [ ].png [ ].tif [ ].tiff
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Video category:
[ ].asf [ ].avi [ ].mov [ ].mpe [ ].mpeg [ ].mpg [v].mp4 [ ].qt
[ ].rm [v].wmv [ ].3gp [ ].3gpp [ ].3gpp2 [ ].3g2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Audio category:
[v].aac [v].aiff [v].au [v].mp3 [v].m4a [v].m4p [v].ogg [v].ra
[v].ram [v].vox [v].wav [v].wma
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Java category:
[ ].class [ ].jad [ ].jar [ ].jav [ ].java [ ].jcm [ ].js [ ].jse
[ ].jsp [ ].jtk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
ActiveX category:
[ ].alx [ ].apb [ ].axs [ ].ocx [ ].olb [ ].ole [ ].tlb [ ].viv
[ ].vrm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Compression category:
[ ].ace [ ].arj [ ].bzip2 [ ].bz2 [ ].cab [ ].gz [ ].gzip [ ].rar
[ ].sit [ ].zip
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
265
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Executation category:
[ ].bas [ ].bat [ ].com [ ].exe [ ].inf [ ].pif [ ].reg [ ].scr
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
266
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set the speed for specific port of the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
port [1, wan2, all] [AN, 100F, 100H, 10F, 10H, status]
port status
port wanfc
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, wan2, all It means the number of LAN port and WAN port.
AN… 10H It means the physical type for the specific port.
AN: auto-negotiate.
100F: 100M Full Duplex.
100H: 100M Half Duplex.
10F: 10M Full Duplex.
10H: 10M Half Duplex.
status It means to view the Ethernet port status.
wanfc It means to set WAN flow control.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> port 1 100F
%Set Port 1 Force speed 100 Full duplex OK !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
m
m
a
a
p
p
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command allows you to set a time of keeping the session connection for specified
protocol.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
portmaptime [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-t <sec> It means “TCP” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the TCP session timeout.
-u <sec> It means “UDP” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the UDP session timeout.
-i <sec> It means “IGMP” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the IGMP session timeout.
-w <sec> It means “TCP WWW” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the TCP WWW session timeout.
-s <sec> It means “TCP SYN” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the TCP SYN session timeout.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
26
7
-f It means to flush all portmaps (useful for diagnostics).
-l <List> List all settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> portmaptime -t 86400 -u 300 -i 10
> portmaptime -l
------ Current setting ------
TCP Timeout : 86400 sec.
UDP Timeout : 300 sec.
IGMP Timeout : 10 sec.
TCP WWW Timeout: 60 sec.
TCP SYN Timeout: 60 sec.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
s
s
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This command allows user to set general settings for QoS.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
qos setup [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-h Type it to display the usage of this command.
-m <mode> It means to define which traffic the QoS control settings will apply
to and eable QoS control.
0: disable.
1: in, apply to incoming traffic only.
2: out, apply to outgoing traffic only.
3: both, apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic.
Default is enable (for outgoing traffic).
-i <bandwidth> It means to set inbound bandwidth in kbps (Ethernet WAN only)
The available setting is from 1 to 100000.
-o <bandwidth> It means to set outbound bandwidth in kbps (Ethernet WAN only).
The available setting is from 1 to 100000.
-r <index:ratio> It means to set ratio for class index, in %.
-u <mode> It means to enable bandwidth control for UDP.
0: disable
1: enable
Default is disable.
-p <ratio> It means to enable bandwidth limit ratio for UDP.
-t <mode> It means to enable/disable Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize.
0: disable
1: enable
-V Show all the settings.
-D Set all to factory default (for all WANs).
[…] It means that you can type in several commands in one line.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
268
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos setup -m 3 -i 9500 -o 8500 -r 3:20 -u 1 -p 50 -t 1
WAN1 QOS mode is both
Wan 1 is XDSL model ,don,t need to set up
Wan 1 is XDSL model ,don,t need to set up
WAN1 class 3 ratio set to 20
WAN1 udp bandwidth control set to enable
WAN1 udp bandwidth limit ratio set to 50
WAN1 Outbound TCP ACK Prioritizel set to enable
QoS WAN1 set complete; restart QoS
>
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
26
9
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
c
c
l
l
a
a
s
s
s
s
This command allows user to set QoS class.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
qos class -c [no] –[a|e|d] [no][-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-h Type it to display the usage of this command.
-c <no> Specify the inde number for the class.
Available value for <no> contains 1, 2 and 3. The default setting is
class 1.
-n <name> It means to type a name for the class.
-a It means to add rule for specified class.
-e <no> It means to edit specified rule.
<no>: type the index number for the rule.
-d <no> It means to delete specified rule.
<no>: type the index number for the rule.
-m <mode> It means to enable or disable the specified rule.
0: disable,
1: enable
-l <addr> Set the local address.
Addr1 – It means Single address. Please specify the IP address
directly, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9”.
addr1:addr2 – It means Range address. Please specify the IP
addresses, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9: 172.16.3.50.”
addr1:subnet – It means the subnet address with start IP address.
Please type the subnet and the IP address, for example, “-l
172.16.3.9:255.255.0.0”.0
any – It means Any address. Simple type “-l” to specify any address
for this command.
-r <addr> Set the remote address.
addr1 – It means Single address. Please specify the IP address
directly, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9”.
addr1:addr2 – It means Range address. Please specify the IP
addresses, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9: 172.16.3.50.”
addr1:subnet – It means the subnet address with start IP address.
Please type the subnet and the IP address, for example, “-l
172.16.3.9:255.255.0.0”.0
any – It means Any address. Simple type “-l” to specify any address
for this command.
-p <DSCP id> Specify the ID.
-s <Service type> Specify the predefined service type by typing the number. The
available types are listed as below:
1:ANY 2:DNS 3:FTP 4:GRE 5:H.323
6:HTTP 7:HTTPS 8:IKE 9:IPSEC-AH 10:IPSEC-ESP
11:IRC 12:L2TP 13:NEWS 14:NFS 15:NNTP
16:PING 17:POP3 18:PPTP 19:REAL-AUDIO 20:RTSP
21:SFTP 22:SIP 23:SMTP 24:SNMP 25:SNMP-TRAPS
26:SQL-NET 27:SSH 28:SYSLOG 29:TELNET 30:TFTP
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
270
-u<Service type> Define service type. Available value: 1~40.
-S <d/s> Show the content for specified DSCP ID/Service type.
-V <1/2/3> Show the rule in the specified class.
[…] It means that you can type in several commands in one line.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos class -c 2 -n draytek -a -m 1 -l 192.168.1.50:192.168.1.80
Following setting will set in the class2
class 2 name set to draytek
Add a rule in class2
Class2 the 1 rule enabled
Set local address type to Range, 192.168.1.50:192.168.1.80
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
t
t
y
y
p
p
e
e
This command allows user to configure protocol type and port number for QoS.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
qos type [-a <service name> | -e <no> | -d <no>].
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-a <name> It means to add rule.
-e <no> It means to edit user defined service type. “no” means the index
number. Available numbers are 1~40.
-d <no> It means to delete user defined service type. “no” means the index
number. Available numbers are 1~40.
-n <name> It means the name of the service.
-t <type> It means protocol type.
6: tcp(default)
17: udp
0: tcp/udp
<1~254>: other
-p <port> It means service port. The typing format must be [start:end] (ex.,
510:330).
-l List user defined types. “no” means the index number. Available
numbers are 1~40.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
271
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos type -a draytek -t 6 -p 510:1330
service name set to draytek
service type set to 6:TCP
Port type set to Range
Service Port set to 510 ~ 1330
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
u
u
i
i
t
t
This command can exit the telnet command screen.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
l
l
a
a
n
n
1
1
/
/
l
l
a
a
n
n
2
2
/
/
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
This command displays current status of LAN IP address settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > show lan1
%% 1st subnet settings:
%% IP address: 192.168.1.1
%% Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
%% RIP : [Disable]
> show lan2
%% 2nd subnet settings:
%% Status: [Inactive]
%% IP address: 192.168.2.5
%% Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
%% RIP : [Disable]
> show dhcp
%% DHCP settings:
%% Status: [Active]
%% Start IP address for offering: 192.168.1.10
%% Maximus offer IP address count: 200
%% Default gateway: 192.168.1.1
%% DHCP Relay: [Inactive]
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
272
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
d
d
m
m
z
z
This command displays current status of DMZ host.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show dmz
% WAN1 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN1 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0
2 Disable 192.168.1.65
% WAN2 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN2 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
d
d
n
n
s
s
This command displays current status of DNS setting
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show dns
%% Domain name server settings:
% LAN1 Primary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN1 Secondary DNS: [Not set]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
o
o
p
p
e
e
n
n
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command displays current status of open port setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show openport
%% Openport settings:
Index Status Comment Local IP Address
********************************************************
No data entry.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
n
n
a
a
t
t
This command displays current status of NAT.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show nat
Port Redirection Running Table:
Index Protocol Public Port Private IP Private Port
1 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
2 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
3 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
4 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
5 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
273
6 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
7 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
8 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
9 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
10 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
11 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
12 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
13 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
14 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
15 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
16 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
17 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
18 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
19 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
20 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
m
m
a
a
p
p
This command displays the table of NAT Active Sessions.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show portmap
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
Private_IP:Port Pseudo_IP:Port Peer_IP:Port [Timeout/Protocol/Flag]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
p
p
m
m
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command displays the reuse time of NAT session.
Level0: It is the default setting.
Level1: It will be applied when the NAT sessions are smaller than 25% of the default setting.
Level2: It will be applied when the NAT sessions are smaller than the eighth of the default
setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show pmtime
Level0 TCP=86400001 UDP=300001 ICMP=10001
Level1 TCP=600000 UDP=90000 ICMP=7000
Level2 TCP=60000 UDP=30000 ICMP=5000
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
s
s
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command displays current status of current session.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show session
% Maximum Session Number: 10000
% Maximum Session Usage: 0
% Current Session Usage: 0
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
274
% Current Session Used(include waiting for free): 0
% WAN1 Current Session Usage: 0
% WAN2 Current Session Usage: 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command displays current status of LAN and WAN connections.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show status
System Uptime:70:12:46
LAN Status
Primary DNS:8.8.8.8 Secondary DNS:8.8.4.4
IP Address:192.168.1.1 Tx Rate:41354 Rx Rate:10951
WAN 1 Status: Disconnected
Enable:Yes Line:xDSL Name:tcom
Mode:PPPoE Up Time:0:00:00 IP:--- GW IP:---
TX Packets:0 TX Rate:0 RX Packets:0 RX Rate:0
WAN 2 Status: Disconnected
Enable:Yes Line:Ethernet Name:
Mode:Static IP Up Time:0:00:00 IP:0.0.0.0 GW IP:0.0.0.0
TX Packets:0 TX Rate:0 RX Packets:0 RX Rate:0
ADSL Information: ADSL Firmware Version:05-04-04-05-01-02
Mode: State:TRAINING TX Block:0 RX Block:0
Corrected Blocks:0 Uncorrected Blocks:0
UP Speed:0 Down Speed:0 SNR Margin:0 Loop Att.:0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
This command displays current status of ADSL.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show adsl
--------------------------- ATU-R Info (hw: annex B, f/w: annex X) ----------
Running Mode : State : TRAINING
DS Actual Rate : 0 bps US Actual Rate : 0 bps
DS Attainable Rate : 0 bps US Attainable Rate : 0 bps
DS Path Mode : Fast US Path Mode : Fast
DS Interleave Depth : 0 US Interleave Depth : 0
NE Current Attenuation : 0 dB Cur SNR Margin : 0 dB
DS actual PSD : 0. 0 dB US actual PSD : 0. 0 dB
NE Rcvd Cells : 0 NE Xmitted Cells : 0
NE CRC Count : 0 FE CRC Count : 0
NE ES Count : 0 FE ES Count : 0
Xdsl Reset Times : 0 Xdsl Link Times : 0
ITU Version[0] : b5004946 ITU Version[1] : 544e0000
ADSL Firmware Version : 05-04-04-05-01-02
Power Management Mode : DSL_G997_PMS_NA
Test Mode : DISABLE
-------------------------------- ATU-C Info ---------------------------------
Far Current Attenuation : 0 dB Far SNR Margin : 0 dB
CO ITU Version[0] : 00000000 CO ITU Version[1] : 00000000
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
275
DSLAM CHIPSET VENDOR : < unknown >
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
t
t
i
i
c
c
This command displays statistics for WAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
show statistic
show statistic reset [interface]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
reset It means to reset the transmitted/received bytes to Zero.
interface It means to specify WAN1 ~WAN5 (including multi-PVC) interface for
displaying related statistics.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show statistic
WAN1 total TX: 0 Bytes ,RX: 0 Bytes
WAN2 total TX: 0 Bytes ,RX: 0 Bytes
WAN3 total TX: 0 Bytes ,RX: 0 Bytes
WAN4 total TX: 0 Bytes ,RX: 0 Bytes
WAN5 total TX: 0 Bytes ,RX: 0 Bytes
>
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
276
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
This command allows users to configure DHCP server for second subnet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp public start [IP address]
srv dhcp public cnt [IP counts]
srv dhcp public status
srv dhcp public add [MAC Addr XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX]
srv dhcp public del [MAC Addr XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX/all/ALL]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
start It means the starting point of the IP address pool for the DHCP
server.
IP address It means to specify an IP address as the starting point in the IP
address pool.
cnt It means the IP count number.
IP counts It means to specify the number of IP addresses in the pool. The
maximum is 10.
status It means the execution result of this command.
add It means creating a list of hosts to be assigned.
del It means removing the selected MAC address.
MAC Addr It means to specify MAC Address of the host.
all/ALL It means all of the MAC addresses.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor> ip route add 192.168.1.56 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.12 3 default
Vigor> srv dhcp public status
Index MAC Address
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
d
d
n
n
s
s
1
1
This command allows users to set Primary IP Address for DNS Server in LAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp dns1 [?]
srv dhcp dns1 [DNS IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current IP address of DNS 1 for the DHCP server.
DNS IP address It means the IP address that you want to use as DNS1.
Note: The IP Routed Subnet DNS must be the same as NAT Subnet
DNS).
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
27
7
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp dns1 168.95.1.1
% srv dhcp dns1 <DNS IP address>
% Now: 168.95.1.1
(IP Routed Subnet dns same as NAT Subnet dns)
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
d
d
n
n
s
s
2
2
This command allows users to set Secondary IP Address for DNS Server in LAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp dns2 [?]
srv dhcp dns2 [DNS IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current IP address of DNS 2 for the DHCP server.
DNS IP address It means the IP address that you want to use as DNS2.
Note: The IP Routed Subnet DNS must be the same as NAT Subnet
DNS).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp dns2 10.1.1.1
% srv dhcp dns2 <DNS IP address>
% Now: 10.1.1.1
(IP Routed Subnet dns same as NAT Subnet dns)
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
278
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
f
f
r
r
c
c
d
d
n
n
s
s
m
m
a
a
n
n
l
l
This command can force the router to invoke DNS Server IP address.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp frcdnsmanl [on]
srv dhcp frcdnsmanl [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display the current status.
on It means to use manual setting for DNS setting.
Off It means to use auto settings acquired from ISP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp frcdnsmanl on
% Domain name server now is using manual settings!
> srv dhcp frcdnsmanl off
% Domain name server now is using auto settings!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
g
g
a
a
t
t
e
e
w
w
a
a
y
y
This command allows users to specify gateway address for DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp gateway [?]
srv dhcp gateway [Gateway IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current gateway that you can use.
Gateway IP It means to specify a gateway address used for DHCP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp gateway 192.168.2.1
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
27
9
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
i
i
p
p
c
c
n
n
t
t
This command allows users to specify IP counts for DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp ipcnt [?]
srv dhcp ipcnt [IP counts]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current used IP count number.
IP counts It means the number that you have to specify for the DHCP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp ipcnt ?
% srv dhcp ipcnt <IP counts>
% Now: 150
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
o
o
f
f
f
f
This function allows users to turn off DHCP server. It needs rebooting router, please type "sys
reboot" command to reboot router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
o
o
n
n
This function allows users to turn on DHCP server. It needs rebooting router, please type "sys
reboot" command to reboot router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
r
r
e
e
l
l
a
a
y
y
This command allows users to set DHCP relay setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp relay servip [server ip]
srv dhcp relay subnet [index]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
server ip It means the IP address that you want to used as DHCP server.
Index It means subnet 1 or 2. Please type 1 or 2. The router will invoke
this function according to the subnet 1 or 2 specified here.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp relay servip 192.168.1.46
> srv dhcp relay subnet 2
>
srv dhcp relay servip ?
% srv dhcp relay servip <server ip>
% Now: 192.168.1.46
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
i
i
p
p
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
280
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp startip [?]
srv dhcp startip [IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current used start IP address.
IP address It means the IP address that you can specify for the DHCP server as
the starting point.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp startip 192.168.1.53
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can display general information for the DHCP server, such as IP address, MAC
address, leased time, host ID and so on.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp status
DHCP server: Relay Agent
Default gateway: 192.168.1.1
Index IP Address MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID
1 192.168.1.113 00-05-5D-E4-D8-EE 17:20:08 A1000351
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
281
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
l
l
e
e
a
a
s
s
e
e
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command can set the lease time for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp leasetime [?]
srv dhcp leasetime [Lease Time (sec)]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current leasetime used for the DHCP server.
Lease Time (sec) It means the lease time that DHCP server can use. The unit is
second.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp leasetime ?
% srv dhcp leasetime <Lease Time (sec.)>
% Now: 86400
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
n
n
o
o
d
d
e
e
t
t
y
y
p
p
e
e
This command can set the node type for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp nodetype <count>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
count It means to specify a type for node.
1. B-node
2. P-node
4. M-node
8. H-node
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp nodetype 1
> srv dhcp nodetype ?
%% srv dhcp nodetype <count>
%% 1. B-node 2. P-node 4. M-node 8. H-node
% Now: 1
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
282
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
p
p
r
r
i
i
m
m
W
W
I
I
N
N
S
S
This command can set the primary IP address for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp primWINS [WINS IP address]
srv dhcp primWINS clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
WINS IP address It means the IP address of primary WINS server.
clear It means to remove the IP address settings of primary WINS server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp primWINS 192.168.1.88
> srv dhcp primWINS ?
%% srv dhcp primWINS <WINS IP address>
%% srv dhcp primWINS clear
% Now: 192.168.1.88
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
e
e
c
c
W
W
I
I
N
N
S
S
This command can set the secondary IP address for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp secWINS [WINS IP address]
srv dhcp secWINS clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
WINS IP address It means the IP address of secondary WINS server.
clear It means to remove the IP address settings of second WINS server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp secWINS 192.168.1.180
> srv dhcp secWINS ?
%% srv dhcp secWINS <WINS IP address>
%% srv dhcp secWINS clear
% Now: 192.168.1.180
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
283
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
e
e
x
x
p
p
i
i
r
r
e
e
d
d
_
_
R
R
e
e
c
c
y
y
c
c
l
l
e
e
I
I
P
P
This command can set the time to check if the IP address can be assigned again by DHCP
server or not.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp expRecycleIP <sec time>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
sec time It means to set the time (5~300 seconds) for checking if the IP can be
assigned again or not.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor> srv dhcp expRecycleIP 250
% DHCP expired_RecycleIP = 250
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
This command can set the TFTP server as the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp tftp <TFTP server name>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
TFTP server name It means to type the name of TFTP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp tftp TF123
> srv dhcp tftp ?
%% srv dhcp tftp <TFTP server name>
% Now: TF123
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
o
o
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command can set the custom option for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp option -h
srv dhcp option -l
srv dhcp option -d [idx]
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -c [option number] -v [option value]
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -c [option number] -a [option value]
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -c [option number] -x [option value]
srv dhcp option -u [idx unmber]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
284
Parameter Description
-h It means to display usage of this command.
-l It means to display all the user defined DHCP options.
-d[idx] It means to delete the option number by specifying its index number.
-e [1 or 0] It means to enable/disable custom option feature.
1:enable
0:disable
-c It means to set option number. Available number ranges from 0 to 255.
-v It means to set option number by typing string.
-a It means to set the option value by specifying the IP address.
-x It means to set option number with the format of Hexadecimal characters.
-u It means to update the option value of the sepecified index.
idx number It means the index number of the option value.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp option -e 1 -c 18 -v /path
> srv dhcp option -l
% state idx interface opt type data
% enable 1 ALL LAN 18 ASCII /path
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
285
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
d
d
m
m
z
z
This command allows users to set DMZ host. Before using this command, please set WAN IP
Alias first.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat dmz n m [-<command> <parameter> | … ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means to map selected WAN IP to certain host.
1: wan1
2: wan2
m It means the index number of the DMZ host.
Default setting is “1” (WAN 1). It is only available for Static IP
mode. If you use other mode, you can set 1 ~ 8 in this field. If WAN
IP alias has been configured, then the number of DMZ host can be
added more.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-e It means to enable/disable such feature.
1:enable
0:disable
-i It means to specify the private IP address of the DMZ host.
-r It means to remove DMZ host setting.
-v It means to display current status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat dmz 1 1 -i 192.168.1.96
> srv nat dmz -v
% WAN1 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN1 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.96
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
i
i
p
p
s
s
e
e
c
c
p
p
a
a
s
s
s
s
This command allows users to enable or disable IPSec ESP tunnel passthrough and IKE source
port (500) preservation.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat ipsecpass [options]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[options] The available commands with parameters are listed below.
on It means to enable IPSec ESP tunnel passthrough and IKE source port
(500) preservation.
off It means to disable IPSec ESP tunnel passthrough and IKE source
port (500) preservation.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
286
status It means to display current status for checking.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat ipsecpass status
%% Status: IPsec ESP pass-
t
hru and IKE src_port:500 preservation is
OFF.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
o
o
p
p
e
e
n
n
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set open port settings for NAT server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat openport n m [-<command> <parameter> | … ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means the index number for the profiles. The range is from 1 to
20.
m It means to specify the sub-item number for this profile. The range
is from 1 to 10.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a <enable> It means to enable or disable the open port rule profile.
0: disable
1:enable
-c <comment> It means to type the description (less than 23 characters) for the
defined network service.
-i <local ip> It means to set the IP address for local computer.
Local ip: Type an IP address in this field.
-w <idx> It means to specify the public IP.
1: WAN1 Default,
2: WAN1 Alias 1,
…and so on.
-p <protocol> Specify the transport layer protocol.
Available values are TCP, UDP and ALL.
-s<start port> It means to specify the starting port number of the service offered
by the local host. The range is from 0 to 65535.
-e<end port> It means to specify the ending port number of the service offered by
the local host.
The range is from 0 to 65535.
-v It means to display current settings.
-r <remove> It means to delete the specified open port setting.
remove: Type the index number of the profile.
-f <flush> It means to return to factory settings for all the open ports profiles.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat openport 1 1 -a 1 -c games -i 192.168.1.100 -w 1 -p TCP -
s
23 -e 83
> srv nat openport -v
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
28
7
%% Status: Enable
%% Comment: games
%% Private IP address: 192.168.1.100
Index Protocal Start Port End Port
*****************************************************************
1. TCP 23 83
%% Status: Disable
%% Comment:
%% Private IP address: 0.0.0.0
Index Protocal Start Port End Port
*****************************************************************
%% Status: Disable
%% Comment:
%% Private IP address: 0.0.0.0
Index Protocal Start Port End Port
*****************************************************************
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
m
m
a
a
p
p
This command allows users to set port redirection table for NAT server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat portmap add [idx][serv name][proto][pub port][pri ip][pri port][wan1/wan2]
srv nat portmap del [idx]
srv nat portmap disable [idx]
srv nat portmap enable [idx] [proto]
srv nat portmap flush
srv nat portmap table
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Add[idx] It means to add a new port redirection table with an index number.
Available index number is from 1 to 10.
serv name It means to type one name as service name.
proto It means to specify TCP or UDP as the protocol.
pub port It means to specify which port can be redirected to the specified
Private IP and Port of the internal host.
pri ip It means to specify the private IP address of the internal host
providing the service.
pri port It means to specify the private port number of the service offered
by the internal host.
wan1/wan2 It means to specify WAN interface for the port redirection.
del [idx] It means to remove the selected port redirection setting.
disable [idx] It means to inactivate the selected port redirection setting.
enable [idx] It means to activate the selected port redirection setting.
flush It means to clear all the port mapping settings.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
288
table It means to display Port Redirection Configuration Table.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat portmap add 1 game tcp 80 192.168.1.11 100 wan1
> srv nat portmap table
NAT Port Redirection Configuration Table:
Index Service Name Protocol Public Port Private IP Private
Port ifno
1 game 6 80 192.168.1.11 100
-1
2 0 0 0 -2
3 0 0 0 -2
4 0 0 0 -2
5 0 0 0 -2
6 0 0 0 -2
7 0 0 0 -2
8 0 0 0 -2
9 0 0 0 -2
10 0 0 0 -2
11 0 0 0 -2
12 0 0 0 -2
13 0 0 0 -2
14 0 0 0 -2
15 0 0 0 -2
16 0 0 0 -2
17 0 0 0 -2
18 0 0 0 -2
19 0 0 0 -2
20 0 0 0 -2
Protocol: 0 = Disable, 6 = TCP, 17 = UDP
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command allows users to view NAT Port Redirection Running Table.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat status
NAT Port Redirection Running Table:
Index Protocol Public Port Private IP Private Port
1 6 80 192.168.1.11 100
2 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
3 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
4 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
5 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
28
9
6 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
7 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
8 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
9 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
10 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
11 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
12 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
13 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
14 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
15 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
16 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
17 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
18 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
19 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
20 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
This command allows users to view a summary of NAT port redirection setting, open port and
DMZ settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat showall ?
Index Proto WAN IP:Port Private IP:Port Act
*************************************************************************
****
R01 TCP 0.0.0.0:80 192.168.1.11:100 Y
O01 TCP 0.0.0.0:23~83 192.168.1.100:23~83 Y
D01 All 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.96 Y
R:Port Redirection, O:Open Ports, D:DMZ
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
-
-
i
i
This command is used to obtain the TX (transmitted) or RX (received) data for each connected
switch.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
switch -i [switch idx_no] [option]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
switch idx_no It means the index number of the switch profile.
option The available commands with parameters are listed below.
cmd
acc
traffic [on/off/status/tx/rx]
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
290
cmd It means to send command to the client.
acc It means to set the client authentication account and password.
traffic
[on/off/status/tx/rx]
It means to turn on/off or display the data transmission from the
client.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch -i 1 traffic on
External Device NO. 1 traffic statistic function is enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command is used to check if auto discovery for external devices is enabled or disabled.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch status
External Device auto discovery status : Disable
No Respond to External Device : Enable
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
a
a
d
d
m
m
i
i
n
n
This command is used for RD engineer to access into test mode of Vigor device.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
291
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
f
f
g
g
This command reset the router with factory default settings. When a user types this command,
all the configuration will be reset to default setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys cfg default
sys cfg status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
default It means to reset current settings with default values.
status It means to display current profile version and status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys cfg status
Profile version: 3.0.0 Status: 1 (0x491e5e6c)
> sys cfg default
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
m
m
d
d
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command displays the history of the commands that you have typed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys cmdlog
% Commands Log: (The lowest index is the newest !!!)
[1] sys cmdlog
[2] sys cmdlog ?
[3] sys ?
[4] sys cfg status
[5] sys cfg ?
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
f
f
t
t
p
p
d
d
This command displays current status of FTP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys ftpd on
sys ftpd off
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on the FTP server of the system.
off It means to turn off the FTP server of the system.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys ftpd on
% sys ftpd turn on !!!
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
292
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
o
o
m
m
a
a
i
i
n
n
n
n
a
a
m
m
e
e
This command can set and remove the domain name of the system when DHCP mode is
selected for WAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys domainname [wan1/wan2] [Domain Name Suffix]
sys domainname [wan1/wan2] clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan1/wan2 It means to specify WAN interface for assigning a name for it.
Domain Name Suffix It means the name for the domain of the system. The maximum
number of characters that you can set is 40.
clear It means to remove the domain name of the system.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys domainname wan1 clever
> sys domainname wan2 intellegent
> sys domainname ?
% sys domainname <wan1/wan2> <Domain Name Suffix (max. 40 characters)>
% sys domainname <wan1/wan2> clear
% Now: wan1 == clever, wan2 ==intelligent
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
i
i
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
This command displays the current interface connection status (UP or Down) with IP address,
MAC address and Netmask for the router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys iface
Interface 0 Ethernet:
Status: UP
IP Address: 192.168.1.1 Netmask: 0xFFFFFF00 (Private)
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0xFFFFFFFF
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-00
Interface 4 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-02
Interface 5 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-03
Interface 6 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-04
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
293
Interface 7 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-05
Interface 8 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-06
Interface 9 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-07
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
---
>
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
294
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
n
n
a
a
m
m
e
e
This command can set and remove the name for the router when DHCP mode is selected for
WAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys name [wan1] [ASCII string]
sys name [wan1] clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan1 It means to specify WAN interface for assigning a name for it.
ASCII string It means the name for router. The maximum character that you can
set is 20.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys name wan1 drayrouter
> sys name ?
% sys name <wan1/wan2> <ASCII string (max. 20 characters)>
% sys name <wan1/wan2> clear
% Now: wan1 == drayrouter, wan2 ==
Note: Such name can be used to recognize router’s identification in SysLog dialog.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
p
p
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
d
d
This command allows users to set password for the administrator.
sys passwd [ASCII string]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ASCII string It means the password for administrator. The maximum character
that you can set is 23.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys passwd admin123
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
r
r
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
This command allows users to restart the router immediately.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys reboot
>
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
295
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
a
a
u
u
t
t
o
o
r
r
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
This command allows users to restart the router automatically within a certain time.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys autoreboot [on/off/hour(s)]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off On – It means to enable the function of auto-reboot.
Off – It means to disable the function of auto-reboot.
hours It means to set the time schedule for router reboot.
For example, if you type “2” in this field, the router will reboot
with an interval of two hours.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys autoreboot on
autoreboot is ON
> sys autoreboot 2
autoreboot is ON
autoreboot time is 2 hour(s)
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
o
o
m
m
m
m
i
i
t
t
This command allows users to save current settings to FLASH. Usually, current settings will be
saved in SRAM. Yet, this command will save the file to FLASH.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys commit
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
d
d
This command can turn on TFTP server for upgrading the firmware.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys tftpd
% TFTP server enabled !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
c
c
This command can display current country code and wireless region of this device.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys cc
Country Code : 0x 0 [International]
Wireless Region Code: 0x30
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
v
v
e
e
r
r
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
296
This command can display current version for the system.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys version
Router Model: VigorNIC 132Vn+ Version: 3.7.4.1 English
Profile version: 3.0.0 Status: 1 (0x49165e6c)
Router IP: 192.168.1.1 Netmask: 255.255.255.0
Firmware Build Date/Time: Mar 20 2014 14:09:50
Router Name: drayrouter
Revision: 40055 2860_374
VDSL2 Firmware Version: 05-04-08-00-00-06
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
q
q
r
r
y
y
b
b
u
u
f
f
This command can display the system memory status and leakage list.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys qrybuf
System Memory Status and Leakage List
Buf sk_buff ( 200B), used#: 1647, cached#: 30
Buf KMC4088 (4088B), used#: 0, cached#: 8
Buf KMC2552 (2552B), used#: 1641, cached#: 42
Buf KMC1016 (1016B), used#: 7, cached#: 1
Buf KMC504 ( 504B), used#: 8, cached#: 8
Buf KMC248 ( 248B), used#: 26, cached#: 22
Buf KMC120 ( 120B), used#: 67, cached#: 61
Buf KMC56 ( 56B), used#: 20, cached#: 44
Buf KMC24 ( 24B), used#: 58, cached#: 70
Dynamic memory: 13107200B; 4573168B used; 190480B/0B in level 1/2
cache.
FLOWTRACK Memory Status
# of free = 12000
# of maximum = 0
# of flowstate = 12000
# of lost by siganture = 0
# of lost by list = 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
p
p
o
o
l
l
l
l
b
b
u
u
f
f
This command can turn on or turn off polling buffer for the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys pollbuf [on]
sys pollbuf [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on pulling buffer.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
29
7
off It means to turn off pulling buffer.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys pollbuf on
% Buffer polling is on!
> sys pollbuf off
% Buffer polling is off!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
b
b
r
r
i
i
t
t
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command can improve triple play quality.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys britask [on]
sys britask [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on the bridge task for improving the triple play
quality.
off It means to turn off the bridge task.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys britask on
% bridge task is ON, now
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
t
t
r
r
0
0
6
6
9
9
This command can set CPE settings for applying in VigorACS.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys tr069 get [parm] [option]
sys tr069 set [parm] [value]
sys tr069 getnoti [parm]
sys tr069 setnoti [parm] [value]
sys tr069 log
sys tr069 debug [on/off]
sys tr069 save
sys tr069 inform [event code]
sys tr069 port [port num]
sys tr069 cert_auth [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
get [parm] [option] It means to get parameters for tr-069.
option=<nextlevel>: only gets nextlevel for GetParameterNames.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
298
set [parm] [value] It means to set parameters for tr-069.
getnoti [parm] It means to get parameter notification value.
setnoti [parm] [value] It means to set parameter notification value.
log It means to display the TR-069 log.
debug [on/off] on: turn on the function of sending debug message to syslog.
off: turn off the function of sending debug message to syslog.
save It means to save the parameters to the flash memory of the router.
Inform [event code] It means to inform parameters for tr069 with different event codes.
[event code] includes:
0-"0 BOOTSTRAP",
1-"1 BOOT",
2-"2 PERIODIC",
3-"3 SCHEDULED",
4-"4 VALUE CHANGE",
5-"5 KICKED",
6-"6 CONNECTION REQUEST",
7-"7 TRANSFER COMPLETE",
8-"8 DIAGNOSTICS COMPLETE",
9-"M Reboot"
port [port num] It means to change tr069 listen port number.
cert_auth [on/off] on: turn on certificate-based authentication.
off: turn off certificate-based authentication.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys tr069 get Int. nextlevel
Total number of parameter is 24
Total content length of parameter is 915
InternetGatewayDevice.LANDeviceNumberOfEntries
InternetGatewayDevice.WANDeviceNumberOfEntries
InternetGatewayDevice.DeviceInfo.
InternetGatewayDevice.ManagementServer.
InternetGatewayDevice.Time.
InternetGatewayDevice.Layer3Forwarding.
InternetGatewayDevice.LANDevice.
InternetGatewayDevice.WANDevice.
InternetGatewayDevice.Services.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_InternetAcc.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_LAN.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_NAT.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Firewall.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Bandwidth.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Applications.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_VPN.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_VoIP.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_WirelessLAN.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_System.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Status.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Diagnostics.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
29
9
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
s
s
i
i
p
p
_
_
a
a
l
l
g
g
This command can turn on/off SIP ALG (Application Layer Gateway) for traversal.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys sip_alg [1]
sys sip_alg [0]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
1 It means to turn on SIP ALG.
0 It means to turn off SIP ALG.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys sip_alg ?
usage: sys sip_alg [value]
0 - disable SIP ALG
1 - enable SIP ALG
current SIP ALG is disabled
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
i
i
a
a
g
g
_
_
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command is used for RD debug.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys diag_log [status| enable| disable| flush| lineno [w] | level [x] | feature [on|off] [y]|
log]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
status It means to show the status of diagnostic log.
enable It means to enable the function of diag_log.
disable It means to disenable the function of diag_log.
flush It means the flush log buffer.
lineno [w] It means the total lines for displaying message.
w - Available value ranges from 100 to 50000.
level[x] It determines the level of data displayed.
x – Available value ranges from 0 to 12. The larger the number is,
the detailed the data is displayed.
feature [on/off][y] It is used to specify the function of the log. Supported features
include SYS and DSL (Case-Insensitive). Default setting is “on” for
“DSL”.
voip_feature
[on/off][vf_name]
It means VoIP feature. Type on to enable the feature or type off to
disable the feature.
vf_name: available settings include DRVTAPI, DRVVMMC, DRVMPS,
DRVFXO, DRVHAL, PSMPHONE, PSMSUPP, PSM, FXO, PSMISDN,
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
300
DTMFPSER, CALLERID (Case-Insensitive).
log It means the dump log buffer.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys diag_log status
Status:
diag_log is Enabled.
lineno : 10000.
level : 3.
Enabled feature: SYS DSL
> sys diag_log log
0:00:02 [DSL] Current modem firmware: AnnexA_548006_544401
0:00:02 [DSL] Modem firmware feature: 5, ADSL_A, VDSL2
0:00:02 [DSL] xtseCfg=04 00 04 00 0c 01 00 07
0:00:02 [DSL] don't have last showtime mode!! set next mode to VDSL!!
0:00:02 [DSL] Status has changed: Stopped(0) -> FwWait(3)
0:00:02 [DSL] Status has changed: FwWait(3) -> Starting(1)
0:00:02 [DSL] Status has changed: Starting(1) -> Running(2)
0:00:02 [DSL] Status was switched: firmwareReady(3) to Init(5)
0:00:02 [DSL] Status was switched: Init(5) to Restart(10)
0:00:02 [DSL] Status was switched: Restart(10) to
FirmwareRequest(1)
0:00:02 [DSL] Line state has changed: 00000000 -> 000000FF
0:00:02 [DSL] Entering VDSL2 mode
0:00:03 [DSL] modem code: [05-04-08-00-00-06]
0:00:05 [DSL] Status was switched: FirmwareRequest(1) to
firmwareReady(3)
0:00:05 [DSL] Status was switched: firmwareReady(3) to Init(5)
0:00:05 [DSL] >> nXtseA=0d, nXtseB=00, nXtseV=07, nFwFeatures=5
0:00:05 [DSL] >> nHsToneGroupMode=0, nHsToneGroup=106,
nToneSet=43, nCamState
=2
0:00:05 [DSL] Line state has changed: 000000FF -> 00000100
0:00:05 [DSL] Line state has changed: 00000100 -> 00000200
0:00:05 [DSL] Status was switched: Init(5) to Train(6)
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
a
a
y
y
l
l
i
i
g
g
h
h
t
t
s
s
a
a
v
v
e
e
This command is used to configure daylight saving setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys daylightsave [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-v Show daylight saving setting.
-r Set to factory default settings.
-e <0/1> Disable/enable daylight saving setting.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
301
(0: disable, 1:enable )
-t <0/1/2> Set daylight saving type.
(0:default, 1:time range, 2:yearly)
If “0” is used, Vigor system will use the default settings as daylight
saving configuration.
-s <year> <month> <day>
<hour>
Set the starting point for date range type.
<year> : after 2013
<month>: 1 ~ 12
<day>: 1 ~ 31
<hour>: 0 ~ 23
For example,
sys daylightsave -s 2014 3 10 12
-d <year> <month> <day>
<hour>
Set the ending point for date range type.
<year> : after 2013
<month>: 1 ~ 12
<day>: 1 ~ 31
<hour>: 0 ~ 23
-y <month> <th weekday>
<day in week> <hour>
Set the starting point for yearly type.
<month>: 1 ~ 12
<th weekday> : 1 ~ 5, 9:last week
<day in week> - 0:Sun 1:Mon 2:Tue 3:Wed 4:Thu 5:Fri 6:Sat
<hour>: 0 ~ 23
For example,
sys daylightsave -y 9 1 0 14
-z <month> <th weekday>
<day in week> <hour>
Set the ending poring for yearly type.
<month>: 1 ~ 12
<th weekday> : 1 ~ 5, 9:last week
<day in week> - 0:Sun 1:Mon 2:Tue 3:Wed 4:Thu 5:Fri 6:Sat
<hour>: 0 ~ 23
For example,
sys daylightsave -z 3 1 6 14
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys daylightsave -y 9 1 0 14
% Start: Yearly on Sep 1th Sun 14:00
> sys daylightsave -z 3 1 6 14
% End: Yearly on Mar 1th Sat 14:00
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
n
n
s
s
C
C
a
a
c
c
h
h
e
e
T
T
b
b
l
l
This command is used to display the content of DNS IPv4 or IPv6 entry and TTL limit value.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys dnsCacheTbl [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
302
-l Show DNS IPv4 entry in the DNS cache table.
-s Show DNS IPv6 entry in the DNS cache table.
-v Show TTL limit value in the DNS cache.
-t <ttl> Set TTL limit value in the DNS cache.
0:no limit or “n” seconds (n >= 5)
-c Clear DNS cache table.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys dnsCacheTbl -t 20
% Set TTL limit: 20 seconds.
% When TTL larger than 20s , delete the DNS entry in the router's DNS
cache tabl
e.
> sys dnsCacheTbl -v
% TTL limit: 20 seconds
% When TTL larger than 20s , delete the DNS entry in the router's DNS
cache tabl
e.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
s
s
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command is used to enable /disable saving records on syslog for functions /features (e.g.,
Firewall, Mail, Save to Syslog Server, and so on).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys syslog -a <enable> [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a <enable> Enable / disable the SysLog Access Setup.
(0: disable, 1:enable)
-s <enable> Enable / disable Syslog Save to Syslog Server.
(0: disable, 1:enable)
-i <ip> Type the server IP address.
-d <port> Type the destination port (ranges form 1-65535).
-u <enable> Enable / disable Syslog Save to USB Disk.
(0: disable, 1:enable)
-m <enable> Enable / disable Mail Syslog.
(0: disable, 1:enable)
-f <enable> Enable / disable Firewall Log.
(0: disable, 1:enable)
-v <enable> Enable / disable VPN Log
(0: disable, 1:enable)
-e <enable> Enable / disable User Access Log.
(0: disable, 1:enable)
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
303
-c <enable> Enable / disable Call Log.
(0: disable, 1:enable)
-w <enable> Enable / disable WAN Log.
(0: disable, 1:enable)
-r <enable> Enable / disable Router/DSL Information.
(0: disable, 1:enable)
-t <enable> Enable / disable AlertLog Setup.
(0: disable, 1:enable)
-o <port> Type the AlertLog Port (ranges from 1-65535).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys syslog -a 1 -s 1 -i 192.168.1.25 -d 514
> sys syslog show
SysLog / Mail Alert Setup : 1
Syslog Save to Syslog Server : 1
Syslog Save to USB Disk : 0
Server IP Address : 192.168.1.25
Destination Port : 514
Mail Syslog : 0
Firewall Log : 1
VPN Log : 1
User Access Log : 1
Call Log : 1
WAN Log : 1
Router/DSL information : 1
AlertLog Setup : 0
AlertLog Port : 514
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command is used to specify time zone for Vigor device system.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys time server <domain>
sys time inquire
sys time show
sys time zone <index>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
server <domain> The max length: 39 bytes.
zone <index> Definition for “index”.
1 - GMT-12:00 Eniwetok, Kwajalein
2 - GMT-11:00 Midway Island, Samoa
3 - GMT-10:00 Hawaii
4 - GMT-09:00 Alaska
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
304
5 - GMT-08:00 Pacific Time (US & Canada)
6 - GMT-08:00 Tijuana
7 - GMT-07:00 Mountain Time (US & Canada)
8 - GMT-07:00 Arizona
9 - GMT-06:00 Central Time (US & Canada)
10 - GMT-06:00 Saskatchewan
11 - GMT-06:00 Mexico City, Tegucigalpa
12 - GMT-05:00 Eastern Time (US & Canada)
13 - GMT-05:00 Indiana (East)
14 - GMT-05:00 Bogota, Lima, Quito
15 - GMT-04:00 Atlantic Time (Canada)
16 - GMT-04:00 Caracas, La Paz
17 - GMT-04:00 Santiago
18 - GMT-03:30 Newfoundland
19 - GMT-03:00 Brasilia
20 - GMT-03:00 Buenos Aires, Georgetown
21 - GMT-02:00 Mid-Atlantic
22 - GMT-01:00 Azores, Cape Verde Is.
23 - GMT Greenwich Mean Time : Dublin
24 - GMT Edinburgh, Lisbon, London
25 - GMT Casablanca, Monrovia
26 - GMT+01:00 Belgrade, Bratislava
27 - GMT+01:00 Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague
28 - GMT+01:00 Sarajevo, Skopje, Sofija
29 - GMT+01:00 Warsaw, Zagreb
30 - GMT+01:00 Brussels, Copenhagen
31 - GMT+01:00 Madrid, Paris, Vilnius
32 - GMT+01:00 Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern
33 - GMT+01:00 Rome, Stockholm, Vienna
34 - GMT+02:00 Bucharest
35 - GMT+02:00 Cairo
36 - GMT+02:00 Helsinki, Riga, Tallinn
37 - GMT+02:00 Athens, Istanbul, Minsk
38 - GMT+02:00 Jerusalem
39 - GMT+02:00 Harare, Pretoria
40 - GMT+03:00 Volgograd
41 - GMT+03:00 Baghdad, Kuwait, Riyadh
42 - GMT+03:00 Nairobi
43 - GMT+03:00 Moscow, St. Petersburg
44 - GMT+03:30 Tehran
45 - GMT+04:00 Abu Dhabi, Muscat
46 - GMT+04:00 Baku, Tbilisi
47 - GMT+04:30 Kabul
48 - GMT+05:00 Ekaterinburg
49 - GMT+05:00 Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent
50 - GMT+05:30 Bombay, Calcutta
51 - GMT+05:30 Madras, New Delhi
52 - GMT+06:00 Astana, Almaty, Dhaka
53 - GMT+06:00 Colombo
54 - GMT+07:00 Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta
55 - GMT+08:00 Beijing, Chongqing
56 - GMT+08:00 Hong Kong, Urumqi
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
305
57 - GMT+08:00 Singapore
58 - GMT+08:00 Taipei
59 - GMT+08:00 Perth
60 - GMT+09:00 Seoul
61 - GMT+09:00 Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo
62 - GMT+09:00 Yakutsk
63 - GMT+09:30 Darwin
64 - GMT+09:30 Adelaide
65 - GMT+10:00 Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney
66 - GMT+10:00 Brisbane
67 - GMT+10:00 Hobart
68 - GMT+10:00 Vladivostok
69 - GMT+10:00 Guam, Port Moresby
70 - GMT+11:00 Magadan, Solomon Is.
71 - GMT+11:00 New Caledonia
72 - GMT+12:00 Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is.
73 - GMT+12:00 Auckland, Wellington
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys time zone 73
Set Time Zone OK
> sys time show
*************** System Time ***************
Current System Time: [2000 Jan 04 Tue 00:16:24]
Time Server: [pool.ntp.org]
Time Zone Index: [73]. GMT+12:00
*********************************************
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
t
t
e
e
s
s
t
t
m
m
a
a
i
i
l
l
This command is used to display current settings for sending test mail.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> testmail
Send out test mail
Mail Alert:[Disable]
SMTP_Server:[0.0.0.0]
Mail to:[]
Return-Path:[]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
o
o
f
f
f
f
This command can close UPnP function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>upnp off
UPNP say bye-bye
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
o
o
n
n
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
306
This command can enable UPnP function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>upnp on
UPNP start.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
n
n
a
a
t
t
This command can display IGD NAT status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp nat ?
****************** IGD NAT Status ****************
((0))
InternalClient >>192.168.1.10<<, RemoteHost >>0.0.0.0<<
InternalPort >>21<<, ExternalPort >>21<<
PortMapProtocol >>TCP<<
The tmpvirtual server index >>0<<
PortMapLeaseDuration >>0<<, PortMapEnabled >>0<<
Ftp Example [MICROSOFT]
((1))
InternalClient >>0.0.0.0<<, RemoteHost >>0.0.0.0<<
InternalPort >>0<<, ExternalPort >>0<<
PortMapProtocol >><NULL><<
The tmpvirtual server index >>0<<
PortMapLeaseDuration >>0<<, PortMapEnabled >>0<<
PortMapProtocol >><NULL><<
The tmpvirtual server index >>0<<
PortMapLeaseDuration >>0<<, PortMapEnabled >>0<<
0<<
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
This command can display the information of the UPnP service. UPnP service must be enabled
first.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp on
UPNP start.
> upnp service
>>>>> SERVICE TABLE1 <<<<<
serviceType urn:schemas-microsoft-com:service:OSInfo:1
serviceId urn:microsoft-com:serviceId:OSInfo1
SCPDURL /upnp/OSInfo.xml
controlURL /OSInfo1
eventURL /OSInfoEvent1
UDN uuid:774e9bbe-7386-4128-b627-001daa843464
>>>>> SERVICE TABLE2 <<<<<
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
307
serviceType
urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANCommonInterfaceConfig:1
serviceId urn:upnp-org:serviceId:WANCommonIFC1
SCPDURL /upnp/WComIFCX.xml
controlURL /upnp?control=WANCommonIFC1
eventURL /upnp?event=WANCommonIFC1
UDN uuid:2608d902-03e2-46a5-9968-4a54ca499148
.
.
.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
s
s
u
u
b
b
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
b
b
e
e
This command can show all UPnP services subscribed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp on
UPNP start.
> upnp subscribe
Vigor> upnp subscribe
>>>> (1) serviceType urn:schemas-microsoft-com:service:OSInfo:1
----- Subscribtion1 -------
sid = 7a2bbdd0-0047-4fc8-b870-4597b34da7fb
eventKey =1, ToSendEventKey = 1
expireTime =6926
active =1
DeliveryURLs
=<http://192.168.1.113:2869/upnp/eventing/twtnpnsiun>
>>>> (2) serviceType
urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANCommonInterfaceConfig:1
----- Subscribtion1 -------
sid = d9cd47a5-d9c9-4d3d-8043-d03a82f27983
eventKey =1, ToSendEventKey = 1
.
.
.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
t
t
m
m
p
p
v
v
s
s
This command can display current status of temp Virtual Server of your router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor> upnp tmpvs
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
308
****************** Temp virtual server status ****************
((0))
real_addr >>192.168.1.10<<, pseudo_addr >>172.16.3.229<<
real_port >>0<<, pseudo_port >>0<<
hit_portmap_index >>0<<
The protocol >>TCP<<
time >>0<<
((1))
real_addr >>0.0.0.0<<, pseudo_addr >>0.0.0.0<<
real_port >>0<<, pseudo_port >>0<<
hit_portmap_index >>0<<
The protocol >>0<<
time >>0<<
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
w
w
a
a
n
n
This command is used to specify WAN interface to apply UPnP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
upnp wan [n]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means to specify WAN interface to apply UPnP.
n=0, it means to auto-select WAN interface.
n=1, WAN1
n=2, WAN2 ……….
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp wan 1
use wan1 now.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
o
o
n
n
This command can make the router to be regarded as a modem but not a router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg on
%Enable Vigor Bridge Function!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
o
o
f
f
f
f
This command can disable vigor bridge function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg off
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
309
%Disable Vigor Bridge Function!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can show whether the Vigor Bridge Function is enabled or disabled.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg status
%Vigor Bridge Function is enable!
%Wan1 management is disable!
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
310
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
c
c
f
f
g
g
i
i
p
p
This command allows users to transfer a bridge modem into ADSL router by accessing into and
adjusting specified IP address. Users can access into Web UI of the router to manage the
router through the IP address configured here.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vigbrg cfgip [IP Address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP Address It means to type an IP address for users to manage the router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg cfgip 192.168.1.15
> vigbrg cfgip ?
% Vigor Bridge Config IP,
% Now: 192.168.1.15
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
w
w
a
a
n
n
1
1
o
o
n
n
This command is used to enable the bridge WAN1 management.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg wan1on
%Enable Vigor Bridge Wan1 management!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
w
w
a
a
n
n
1
1
o
o
f
f
f
f
This command is used to disable the bridge WAN1 management.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg wan1off
%Disable Vigor Bridge Wan1 management!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
p
p
p
p
p
p
_
_
m
m
r
r
u
u
This command allows users to adjust the size of PPP LCP MRU. It is used for specific network.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan ppp_mru <WAN interface number> <MRU size >
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<WAN interface number> Type a number to represent the physical interface. For Vigor130,
the number is 1 (which means WAN1).
<MRU size > It means the number of PPP LCP MRU. The available range is from
1400 to 1600.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
311
>
wan ppp_mru 1 ?
% Now: 1492
> wan ppp_mru 1 1490
>
> wan ppp_mru 1 ?
% Now: 1490
> wan ppp_mru 1 1492
> wan ppp_mru 1 ?
% Now: 1492
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
t
t
u
u
/
/
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
t
t
u
u
2
2
This command allows users to adjust the size of MTU for WAN1/WAN2.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan mtu [value]
wan mtu2 [value]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
value It means the number of MTU for PPP. The available range is from
1000 to 1500.
For Static IP/DHCP, the maximum number will be 1500.
For PPPoE, the maximum number will be 1492.
For PPTP/L2TP, the maximum number will be 1460.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan mtu 1100
> wan mtu ?
Static IP/DHCP (Max MSS: 1500)
PPPoE(Max MSS: 1492)
PPTP/L2TP(Max MSS: 1460)
% wan ppp_mss <MSS size: 1000 ~ 1500>
% Now: 1100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
D
D
F
F
_
_
c
c
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
This command allows you to enable or disable the function of DF (Don’t fragment)
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan DF_check [on]
wan DF_check [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off It means to enable or disable DF.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
312
> wan DF_check on
%DF bit check enable!
> wan DF_check off
%DF bit check disable (reset DF bit)!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
i
i
s
s
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
This command allows you to disable WAN connection.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan disable WAN
%WAN disabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
e
e
n
n
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
This command allows you to disable wan connection.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan enable WAN
%WAN1 enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
w
w
a
a
r
r
d
d
This command allows you to enable or disable the function of WAN forwarding. The packets
are allowed to be transmitted between different WANs.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan forward [on]
wan forward [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off It means to enable or disable WAN forward.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan forward ?
%WAN forwarding is Disable!
> wan forward on
%WAN forwarding is enable!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command allows you to display the status of WAN connection, including connection mode,
TX/RX packets, DNS settings and IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan status
WAN1: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
313
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
Primary DNS=0.0.0.0, Secondary DNS=0.0.0.0
PVC_WAN3: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
PVC_WAN4: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
PVC_WAN5: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
This command allows you to configure display current VDSL status and configure the fallback
mode for WAN connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan vdsl [show basic]
wan vdsl [fbk_mode]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show basic It means to display current VDSL status.
fbk_mode It means to display current status of Fallback Mode used.
Available modes to be set as fallback mode include,
Auto
Vdsl_only
Adsl_only
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan vdsl show basic
ADSL
Link Status: TRAINING
Firmware Version: 05-04-04-04-00-01
ADSL Profile:
Basic Status Upstream Downstream Unit
Actual Data Rate: 0 0 Kb/s
SNR: 0 0 0.1dB
> wan vdsl fbk_mode vdsl_only
Set VDSL fallback mode to VDSL ONLY
Reboot system to take effect
>
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
314
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
e
e
t
t
e
e
c
c
t
t
This command allows you to configure WAN connection detection. When Ping Detection is
enabled (for Static IP or DHCP or PPPoE mode), Router pings specified IP addresses to detect
the WAN connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan detect [wan1/wan2][on/off/always_on]
wan detect [wan1/wan2] target [ip addr]
wan detect [wan1/wan2] ttl [value]
wan detect status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on Enable ping detection. The IP address of the target shall be set.
off Enable ARP detection (default).
always_on Disable link detect, always connected(only support static IP)
target Set the ping target.
ip addr It means the IP address used for detection. Type an IP address in this
field.
ttl It means to set the ping TTL value (work as trace route)
If you do not set any value for ttl here or just type 0 here, the
system will use default setting (255) as the ttl value.
status It means to show the current status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan detect status
WAN1: always on
WAN2: off
WAN3: off
WAN4: off
WAN5: off
> wan detect wan1 target 192.168.1.78
Set OK
> wan detect wan1 on
Set OK
> wan detect status
WAN1: on, Target=192.168.1.78, TTL=255
WAN2: off
WAN3: off
WAN4: off
WAN5: off
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
l
l
b
b
This command allows you to Enable/Disable for each WAN to join auto load balance member.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
315
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan lb [wan1/wan2/…] on
wan lb [wan1/wan2/…] off
wan lb status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan1/wan2 Specify which WAN will be applied with load balance.
on Make WAN interface as the member of load balance.
off Cancel WAN interface as the member of load balance.
status Show the current status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan lb status
WAN1: on
WAN2: on
WAN3: on
WAN4: on
WAN5: on
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command allows you to configure multi-VLAN for WAN and LAN. It supports pure bridge
mode (modem mode) between Ethernet WAN and LAN port.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan mvlan [pvc_no/status/save/enable/disable] [on/off/clear/tag tag_no] [service
type/vlan priority] [px ... ]
wan mvlan keeptag[pvc_no][on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
pvc_no It means index number of PVC. There are 10 PVC, 0(Channel-1) to
9(Channel-9) allowed to be configured.
However, bridge mode can be set on PVC number 2 to 9.
status It means to display the whole Bridge status.
save It means to save the configuration into flash of Vigor device.
enable/disable It means to enable/disable the Multi-VLAN function.
on/off It means to turn on/off bridge mode for the specific channel.
clear It means to turn off/clear the port.
tag tag_no It means to tag a number for the VLAN.
-1: No need to add tag number.
1-4095: Available setting numbers used as tagged number.
service type It means to specify the service type for VLAN.
0: Normal.
1: IGMP.
vlan priority It means to specify the priority for the VALN setting.
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
316
Range is from 0 to 7.
px It means LAN port. Available setting number is from 2 to 4. Port
number 1 is locked for NAT usage.
keeptag It means Multi-VLAN packets will keep their VLAN headers to LAN.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
PVC 7 will map to LAN port 2/3/4 in bridge mode; service type is Normal. No tag added.
> wan mvlan 7 on p2 p3 p4
PVC Bridge p1 Service Type Tag Priority
----------------------------------------------------------------
7 ON 0 Normal 0(OFF) 0
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
u
u
l
l
t
t
i
i
f
f
n
n
o
o
This command allows you to specify a channel (in Multi-PVC/VLAN) to make bridge connection
to a specified WAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan multifno [channel #] [WAN interface #]
wan multifno status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
channel # There are 4 (?) channels including VLAN and PVC.
Available settings are:
1=Channel 1
3=Channel 3
4=Channel 4
5=Channel 5
WAN interface # Type a number to indicate the WAN interface.
1=WAN1
2=WAN2
status It means to display current bridge status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan multifno 5 1
% Configured channel 5 uplink to WAN1
> wan multifno status
% Channel 3 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 4 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 5 uplink ifno: 3
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command allows you to configure the VLAN tag of WAN1 or WAN2.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan vlan wan [#] [adsl/vdsl] tag [value]
VigorNIC 132 Series User’s Guide
31
7
wan vlan wan [#] [adsl/vdsl] [enable/disable]
wan vlan wan [#] [adsl/vdsl] pri [value]
wan vlan stat
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan [#] Specify which WAN interface will be tagged.
tag [value] Type a number for tagging on WAN interface.
enable/disable Enable: Specified WAN interface will be tagged.
Disable: Disable the function of tagging on WAN interface.
stat Display current VLAN status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan vlan stat
% Interface Pri Tag Enabled
% ======================================
% WAN1 (ADSL) 0 0
% WAN1 (VDSL) 0 0
>
20

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Draytek Vigor NIC 132 Series bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Draytek Vigor NIC 132 Series in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 3,2 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info